Sei sulla pagina 1di 398

Your Operator's Manual

Digital form inside the vehicle


Familiarize yourself with the contents of the Operator's Manual directly via your
vehicle's multimedia system (Menu item "Vehicle").

Booklet inside the vehicle


In addition to the vehicle's Operator's Manual, you can obtain the complete multi-
media system Supplement from your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Digital form via the Internet


You can find the Operator's Manual on the Mercedes-Benz homepage.

Digital form as an App


The Mercedes-Benz Guides App is available for free on the Apple® App store or Google
Play.

Apple® iOS Android™

GLS
Operator's Manual
GLS Operator's Manual

É1665845108yËÍ
1665845108

Order no. P166 0476 13 Part no. 166 584 51 08 Edition A 2018
Mercedes-Benz
Symbols (Y This symbol tells you where you can find Publication details
Registered trademarks: page) more information about a topic.
Internet
YY This symbol indicates a warning or an
RBluetooth® is a registered trademark of Blue-
instruction that is continued on the next
tooth SIG Inc. page. Further information about Mercedes-Benz vehi-
RDTS™ is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc. cles and about Daimler AG can be found on the
Dis‐ This text indicates a message on the following websites:
RDolby® and MLP™ are registered trademarks play multifunction display/multimedia dis-
of DOLBY Laboratories. play. http://www.mbusa.com (USA only)
RBabySmart™, ESP® and PRE-SAFE® are reg- http://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canada only)
istered trademarks of Daimler AG.
RHomeLink® is a registered trademark of John-
son Controls. Editorial office
RiPod® and iTunes® are registered trademarks
of Apple Inc. You are welcome to forward any queries or sug-
gestions you may have regarding this Operator's
RLogic7® is a registered trademark of Harman
Manual to the technical documentation team at
International Industries. the following address:
RMicrosoft® and Windows media® are regis-
Customer Assistance Center
tered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC
RSIRIUS® is a registered trademark of Sirius
3 Mercedes Drive
XM Radio Inc.
Montvale, NJ 07645-0350
RHD Radio™ is a registered trademark of iBiq-
uity Digital Corporation. Daimler AG: not to be reprinted, translated or
otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part, with-
RGracenote® is a registered trademark of
out written permission from Daimler AG.
Gracenote, Inc.
RZAGAT Survey® and related brands are regis-
tered trademarks of Zagat Survey, LLC. Vehicle manufacturer
In this Operator's Manual you will find the fol-
lowing symbols: Daimler AG
G WARNING Mercedesstra e 137
Warning notes make you aware of dangers 70327 Stuttgart
which could pose a threat to your health or Germany
life, or to the health and life of others.

H Environmental note
Environmental notes provide you with infor-
mation on environmentally aware actions or
disposal.

! Notes on material damage alert you to dan-


gers that could lead to damage to your vehi-
cle.
i Practical tips or further information that
could be helpful to you.
X This symbol indicates an instruction
that must be followed.
X Several of these symbols in succession
indicate an instruction with several
steps. As at 08.03.2017
Welcome to the world of Mercedes-Benz Digital form via the Internet
We urge you to read this Operator's Manual The Operator's Manual on the Internet pro-
carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehi- vides easy access to all information
cle before driving. For your own safety and a regarding your vehicle and multimedia sys-
longer vehicle life, follow the instructions and tem. It also provides helpful animations,
warning notices in this Operator's Manual. interesting background information and a
Ignoring them could result in damage to the wide array of search options.
vehicle or personal injury to you or others. Digital form as an App
Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow Using the Mercedes-Benz Guides App, you
instructions is not covered by the Mercedes- can view all the information on your vehicle
Benz Limited Warranty. and multimedia system via mobile Internet
The equipment or product designation of your or download it independently of network
vehicle may vary depending on: access. Available for smartphones or tab-
lets.
RModel
ROrder You can also use the Mercedes-Benz Guides
App:
RCountry specification
RAvailability
Mercedes-Benz therefore reserves the right to
introduce changes in the following areas:
RDesign
REquipment
RTechnical features
The equipment in your vehicle may therefore
differ from that shown in the descriptions and
illustrations. Please note that the Mercedes-Benz Guides App
The following are integral components of the may not yet be available in your country.
vehicle: Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC
RDigital Operator's Manual Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.
RPrinted Operator's Manual A Daimler Company
RMaintenance Booklet
REquipment-dependent supplements
Keep these documents in the vehicle at all
times. If you sell the vehicle, always pass all
documents on to the new owner.
Your Operator's Manual:
Digital form inside the vehicle
The Digital Operator's Manual provides
comprehensive and specifically adapted
information on your vehicle's equipment
and multimedia system. It contains infor-
mative animations, individual language
settings and an intuitive search function.
Booklet inside the vehicle
In addition to this manual and the afore-
mentioned digital media, you also have the
option to obtain a comprehensive printed
version of the Supplement for your multi-
media system from your authorized
Mercedes-Benz Center.

1665845108 É1665845108yËÍ
2 Contents

Memory function ................................. 113


Index ....................................................... 4
Lights and windshield wipers .......... 115
Digital Operator's Manual .................. 26 Exterior lighting ................................... 115
Introduction ........................................... 26 Interior lighting .................................... 119
Operation ............................................... 26 Replacing bulbs (vehicles with LED
headlamps) .......................................... 120
Introduction ......................................... 27 Replacing bulbs (vehicles with halo-
Protecting the environment ................... 27 gen headlamps) ................................... 120
Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts ............... 27 Windshield wipers ................................ 122
Operator's Manual ................................. 28
Service and vehicle operation ................ 28 Climate control ................................. 125
Operating safety .................................... 30 Overview of climate control systems ... 125
QR codes for the rescue card ................ 32 Operating the climate control sys-
Data stored in the vehicle ...................... 32 tems .................................................... 131
Information on copyright ....................... 35 Setting the air vents ............................ 136

At a glance ........................................... 36 Driving and parking .......................... 139


Cockpit .................................................. 36 Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle ..... 139
Instrument cluster ................................. 37 Driving ................................................. 139
Multifunction steering wheel ................. 38 DYNAMIC SELECT controller ............... 147
Center console ...................................... 39 Automatic transmission ....................... 148
Overhead control panel ......................... 42 Refueling ............................................. 155
Door control panel ................................. 43 Parking ................................................ 161
Driving tips .......................................... 164
Safety ................................................... 44 Driving systems ................................... 174
Panic alarm ............................................ 44 Towing a trailer .................................... 224
Occupant safety .................................... 44 Bicycle rack ......................................... 230
Children in the vehicle ........................... 59
Pets in the vehicle ................................. 65 On-board computer and displays .... 233
Driving safety systems ........................... 66 Important safety notes ........................ 233
Protection against theft ......................... 75 Displays and operation ........................ 233
Menus and submenus ......................... 236
Opening and closing ........................... 77 Display messages ............................... 248
SmartKey ............................................... 77 Warning and indicator lamps in the
Doors ..................................................... 83 instrument cluster ............................... 279
Cargo compartment ............................... 84
Side windows ......................................... 88 Multimedia system ........................... 292
Sliding sunroof ....................................... 92 General notes ...................................... 292
Important safety notes ........................ 292
Seats, steering wheel and mirrors .... 97 Function restrictions ............................ 292
Correct driver's seat position ................ 97 Operating system ................................ 293
Seats ..................................................... 97
Steering wheel ..................................... 108 Stowage and features ...................... 300
Mirrors ................................................. 110 Stowage areas ..................................... 300
Contents 3

Features .............................................. 308

Maintenance and care ...................... 325


Engine compartment ........................... 325
ASSYST PLUS ...................................... 329
Care ..................................................... 330

Breakdown assistance ..................... 338


Where will I find...? .............................. 338
Flat tire ................................................ 339
Battery (vehicle) .................................. 344
Jump-starting ....................................... 346
Towing and tow-starting ...................... 349
Fuses ................................................... 352

Wheels and tires ............................... 354


Important safety notes ........................ 354
Operation ............................................ 354
Winter operation .................................. 356
Tire pressure ....................................... 357
Loading the vehicle .............................. 364
All about wheels and tires ................... 367
Changing a wheel ................................ 374
Wheel and tire combinations ............... 379
Emergency spare wheel ....................... 380

Technical data ................................... 384


Information regarding technical data ... 384
Vehicle electronics .............................. 384
Identification plates ............................. 385
Service products and filling capaci-
ties ...................................................... 386
Vehicle data ......................................... 392
Vehicle data for off-road driving .......... 393
Trailer tow hitch ................................... 395
4 Index

1, 2, 3 ... Function/notes ............................. 189


Active Lane Keeping Assist
4ETS (Electronic Traction System) Activating/deactivating (on-
see ETS/4ETS (Electronic Trac- board computer) ............................ 242
tion System) Display message ............................ 268
4MATIC (permanent four-wheel Function/information .................... 215
drive) .................................................. 218 Trailer towing ................................. 218
12 V socket Active light function ......................... 117
see Sockets ADAPTIVE BRAKE ................................. 72
115 V socket ...................................... 313 Adaptive Highbeam Assist
360° camera Display message ............................ 261
Cleaning ......................................... 334 Function/notes ............................. 118
Display in the multimedia system .. 205 Switching on/off ........................... 118
Function/notes ............................. 203 Additives (engine oil) ........................ 390
Address book
A see also Digital Operator's Man-
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ual .................................................. 292
Display message ............................ 249 Adjusting the volume
Function/notes ................................ 66 Multimedia system ........................ 293
Important safety notes .................... 66 ADS (Adaptive Damping System)
Warning lamp ................................. 282 Function/notes ............................. 188
Accident Air bags
Automatic measures after an acci- Deployment ..................................... 56
dent ................................................. 59 Display message ............................ 258
Activating media mode Front air bag (driver, front
General notes ................................ 298 passenger) ....................................... 50
Activating/deactivating cooling Important safety notes .................... 49
with air dehumidification ................. 131 Introduction ..................................... 49
Active Blind Spot Assist Knee bag .......................................... 50
Activating/deactivating (on- Occupant Classification System
board computer) ............................ 242 (OCS) ............................................... 51
Display message ............................ 269 PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator
Function/information .................... 213 lamps ............................................... 45
Trailer towing ................................. 215 Side impact air bag .......................... 51
Active Brake Assist Window curtain air bag .................... 51
Activating or deactivating .............. 242 Air filter (display message) .............. 264
Display message ............................ 254 AIR FLOW ........................................... 132
Function/notes ................................ 67 Air vents
Active Brake Assist with cross- Glove box ....................................... 136
traffic function Important safety notes .................. 136
Activating or deactivating .............. 242 Rear ............................................... 137
Display message ............................ 255 Setting ........................................... 136
Function/notes ................................ 72 Setting the center air vents ........... 136
Important safety notes .................... 73 Setting the side air vents ............... 136
Warning lamp ................................. 290 Air-conditioning system
Active Curve System see Climate control
Display message ............................ 266
Index 5

AIRMATIC package AUTO lights


ADS (Adaptive Damping System) ... 188 Display message ............................ 260
Function/notes ............................. 188 see Lights
Alarm Automatic car wash (care) ............... 330
ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ......... 75 Automatic engine start (ECO start/
Switching off (ATA) .......................... 75 stop function) .................................... 145
Switching the function on/off Automatic engine switch-off (ECO
(ATA) ................................................ 75 start/stop function) .......................... 144
Alarm system Automatic headlamp mode .............. 115
see ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) Automatic transmission
AMG Accelerator pedal position ............. 150
Adaptive sport suspension sys- Changing gear ............................... 150
tem ................................................ 191 DIRECT SELECT lever ..................... 148
AMG menu (on-board computer) ..... 245 Display message ............................ 275
Anti-lock braking system Drive program ................................ 151
see ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) Drive program display .................... 149
Anti-skid chains Driving tips .................................... 150
see Snow chains DYNAMIC SELECT controller ......... 147
Anti-Theft Alarm system Emergency running mode .............. 155
see ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) Engaging drive position .................. 149
Approach/departure angle .............. 173 Engaging neutral ............................ 149
Ashtray ............................................... 311 Engaging park position automati-
Assistance display (on-board com- cally ............................................... 148
puter) .................................................. 241 Engaging reverse gear ................... 148
Assistance menu (on-board com- Engaging the park position ............ 148
puter) .................................................. 241 Important safety notes .................. 148
ASSYST PLUS Kickdown ....................................... 151
Displaying a service message ........ 329 Manual shifting .............................. 152
Hiding a service message .............. 329 Oil temperature (on-board com-
Resetting the service interval dis- puter, Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ..... 245
play ................................................ 329 Overview ........................................ 148
Service message ............................ 329 Problem (malfunction) ................... 155
Special service requirements ......... 330 Pulling away ................................... 143
ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) Starting the engine ........................ 142
Activating/deactivating ................... 75 Steering wheel paddle shifters ...... 152
Function ........................................... 75 Trailer towing ................................. 151
Switching off the alarm .................... 75 Transmission position display ........ 149
ATTENTION ASSIST Transmission positions .................. 150
Activating/deactivating ................. 242 Automatic transmission emer-
Display message ............................ 265 gency mode ....................................... 155
Function/notes ............................. 207 AUX jacks
Audio menu (on-board computer) .... 239 CD/DVD drive ............................... 299
Authorized Mercedes-Benz Center Axle load, permissible (trailer tow-
see Qualified specialist workshop ing) ...................................................... 395
Authorized workshop
see Qualified specialist workshop B
Back button ....................................... 293
6 Index

Bag hook ............................................ 305 Brakes


Ball coupling ABS .................................................. 66
Installing ........................................ 226 BAS .................................................. 67
Removing ....................................... 229 Brake fluid (notes) ......................... 390
BAS (Brake Assist System) ................. 67 Braking assistance appropriate to
Battery (SmartKey) the situation ..................................... 69
Checking .......................................... 80 Display message ............................ 249
Important safety notes .................... 80 High-performance brake system .... 168
Replacing ......................................... 80 Hill start assist ............................... 143
Battery (vehicle) Important safety notes .................. 166
Charging ........................................ 346 Maintenance .................................. 167
Display message ............................ 262 Parking brake ................................ 162
Important safety notes .................. 344 Riding tips ...................................... 166
Jump starting ................................. 346 Warning lamp ................................. 281
Overview ........................................ 344 Braking assistance appropriate to
Belt the situation
see Seat belts Function/notes ................................ 69
Belt warning ......................................... 48 Breakdown
Bicycle rack ....................................... 230 Where will I find...? ........................ 338
Blind Spot Assist see Flat tire
Activating/deactivating ................. 242 see Towing away
Display message ............................ 269 Brightness control (instrument
Notes/function .............................. 209 cluster lighting) ................................... 37
Trailer towing ................................. 211 Bulbs
see Active Blind Spot Assist see Replacing bulbs
BlueTEC
Adding DEF .................................... 158 C
BlueTEC (DEF) .................................... 389 California
Bluetooth® Important notice for retail cus-
Searching for a mobile phone ........ 296 tomers and lessees .......................... 28
Searching for a mobile phone Calling up a malfunction
(device manager) ........................... 297 see Display messages
see also Digital Operator's Man- Car
ual .................................................. 292 see Vehicle
Telephony ...................................... 296 Care
Brake Assist 360° camera ................................. 334
see BAS (Brake Assist System) Car wash ........................................ 330
Brake fluid Carpets .......................................... 337
Display message ............................ 254 Display ........................................... 335
Notes ............................................. 390 Exhaust pipe .................................. 334
Brake force distribution Exterior lights ................................ 333
see EBD (electronic brake force Gear or selector lever .................... 336
distribution) Interior ........................................... 335
Brake lamps Matte finish ................................... 332
Display message ............................ 260 Notes ............................................. 330
Brake linings Paint .............................................. 332
Display message ............................ 254 Plastic trim .................................... 335
Index 7

Power washer ................................ 331 Children in the vehicle


Rear view camera .......................... 334 Important safety notes .................... 59
Roof lining ...................................... 337 Cigarette lighter ................................ 312
Seat belt ........................................ 336 Cleaning
Seat cover ..................................... 336 Mirror turn signal ........................... 334
Sensors ......................................... 334 Trailer tow hitch ............................. 335
Side running board ........................ 334 Climate control
Steering wheel ............................... 336 3-zone automatic climate control
Trim pieces .................................... 336 with additional rear-compartment
Washing by hand ........................... 331 climate control ............................... 129
Wheels ........................................... 333 Automatic climate control (3-
Windows ........................................ 333 zone) .............................................. 127
Wiper blades .................................. 333 Controlling automatically ............... 132
Wooden trim .................................. 336 Cooling with air dehumidification .. 131
Cargo compartment cover Defrosting the windows ................. 134
Notes/how to use ......................... 306 Defrosting the windshield .............. 133
Cargo compartment enlargement Dual-zone automatic climate con-
Important safety notes .................. 303 trol ................................................. 125
Cargo compartment floor General notes ................................ 125
Important safety notes .................. 307 Indicator lamp ................................ 132
Opening/closing ............................ 307 Ionization ....................................... 135
Stowage well (under) ..................... 307 Maximum cooling .......................... 134
Cargo tie down rings ......................... 305 Notes on using the automatic cli-
CD mate control .................................. 131
see also Digital Operator's Man- Overview of systems ...................... 125
ual .................................................. 292 Problem with the rear window
CD player (on-board computer) ........ 239 defroster ........................................ 135
Center console Problems with cooling with air
Lower section .................................. 40 dehumidification ............................ 132
Upper section .................................. 39 Rear control panel ......................... 127
Central locking Rear control panel (3-zone auto-
Automatic locking (on-board com- matic climate control with addi-
puter) ............................................. 244 tional rear-compartment climate
Locking/unlocking (SmartKey) ........ 77 control) .......................................... 129
Child Refrigerant ..................................... 391
Restraint system .............................. 61 Refrigerant filling capacity ............. 392
Child seat Setting the air distribution ............. 133
Forward-facing restraint system ...... 64 Setting the air vents ...................... 136
LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat Setting the airflow ......................... 133
anchors ............................................ 62 Setting the climate mode (AIR
On the front-passenger seat ............ 64 FLOW) ............................................ 132
Rearward-facing restraint system .... 64 Setting the temperature ................ 132
Top Tether ....................................... 63 Switching air-recirculation mode
Child-proof locks on/off ............................................ 135
Important safety notes .................... 64 Switching on/off ........................... 131
Rear doors ....................................... 65 Switching residual heat on/off ...... 135
Children Switching the rear window
Special seat belt retractor ............... 60 defroster on/off ............................ 134
8 Index

Switching the ZONE function Function/notes ............................. 174


on/off ............................................ 133 Important safety notes .................. 174
Coat hooks ......................................... 306 Storing and maintaining current
Cockpit speed ............................................. 175
Overview .......................................... 36 Cup holder
see Instrument cluster Center console .............................. 309
Collapsible spare wheel Important safety notes .................. 308
Inflating ......................................... 382 Rear compartment ......................... 309
see Emergency spare wheel Temperature controlled ................. 309
COMAND Third row of seats .......................... 310
Driving dynamics display ............... 223 Customer Assistance Center
COMAND display (CAC) ..................................................... 31
Cleaning ......................................... 335 Customer Relations Department ....... 31
Combination switch .......................... 116
Connecting a USB device D
see also Digital Operator's Man-
Data
ual .................................................. 292
Consumption statistics (on-board see Technical data
Data carrier
computer) .......................................... 236
Selecting ........................................ 239
Controller ........................................... 293
Daytime running lamps
Convenience closing feature .............. 90
Display message ............................ 260
Convenience opening feature ............ 90 Function/notes ............................. 115
Coolant (engine) Switching on/off (on-board com-
Checking the level ......................... 328 puter) ............................................. 243
Display message ............................ 261 Declarations of conformity ................. 30
Filling capacity ............................... 391 DEF
Important safety notes .................. 390 Adding ........................................... 158
Temperature (on-board computer, Display message ............................ 264
Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ............... 245 Filling capacity ............................... 389
Temperature gauge ........................ 234 Important safety notes .................. 389
Warning lamp ................................. 288 Diagnostics connection ...................... 31
Cooling
Differential lock (display mes-
see Climate control
sage) ................................................... 267
Copyright ............................................. 35
Digital Operator's Manual
Cornering light function
Help ................................................. 26
Display message ............................ 260
Introduction ..................................... 26
Crash-responsive emergency light-
Digital speedometer ......................... 237
ing ....................................................... 120
DIRECT SELECT lever
Crosswind Assist ................................. 71
Automatic transmission ................. 148
Crosswind driving assistance ............ 71 Display messages
Cruise control ASSYST PLUS ................................ 329
Activating ....................................... 175 Calling up (on-board computer) ..... 248
Activation conditions ..................... 175 Driving systems ............................. 265
Cruise control lever ....................... 175 Engine ............................................ 261
Deactivating ................................... 176 General notes ................................ 248
Display message ............................ 271 Hiding (on-board computer) ........... 248
Driving system ............................... 174 KEYLESS-GO .................................. 278
Index 9

Lights ............................................. 260 SETUP (on-board computer,


Safety systems .............................. 249 Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ............... 246
SmartKey ....................................... 278 Drive programs
Tires ............................................... 273 Display (DIRECT SELECT lever) ...... 149
Vehicle ........................................... 275 Driver's door
Distance Pilot DISTRONIC see Doors
Activating ....................................... 178 Driving
Activation conditions ..................... 178 Important safety notes .................. 139
Cruise control lever ....................... 178 Driving abroad
Display Message ............................ 270 Mercedes-Benz Service ................. 330
Displays in the instrument cluster .. 181 Driving Assistance PLUS package ... 213
Driving tips .................................... 182 Driving in mountainous terrain
Function/notes ............................. 176 Approach/departure angle ............ 173
Important safety notes .................. 176 Driving lamps
Setting the specified minimum see Daytime running lamps
distance ......................................... 180 Driving off-road
Stopping ........................................ 179 see Off-road driving
Switching off .................................. 180 Driving safety system
Warning lamp ................................. 290 Active Brake Assist .......................... 67
Distance recorder Braking assistance appropriate to
see Odometer the situation ..................................... 69
see Trip odometer Driving safety systems
Distance warning (warning lamp) .... 290 ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ....... 66
Distance warning function Active Brake Assist with cross-
Function/notes ................................ 68 traffic function ................................. 72
Warning lamp ................................. 290 ADAPTIVE BRAKE ............................. 72
Doors BAS (Brake Assist System) .............. 67
Automatic locking (on-board com- Distance warning function ............... 68
puter) ............................................. 244 EBD (electronic brake force distri-
Automatic locking (switch) ............... 84 bution) ............................................. 72
Central locking/unlocking ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro-
(SmartKey) ....................................... 77 gram) ............................................... 69
Control panel ................................... 43 Important safety information ........... 66
Display message ............................ 277 Overview .......................................... 66
Emergency locking ........................... 84 STEER CONTROL ............................. 75
Emergency unlocking ....................... 84 Driving system
Important safety notes .................... 83 AIRMATIC package ........................ 188
Opening (from inside) ...................... 83 Distance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 176
Overview .......................................... 83 Distance Pilot DISTRONIC with
Power closing .................................. 84 Steering Pilot ................................. 182
Drinking and driving ......................... 165 Parking assist PARKTRONIC .......... 192
Drive program Parking Pilot .................................. 195
Automatic transmission ................. 151 Driving systems
Off-Road program (vehicles with- 360°camera .................................. 203
out Off-Road Engineering pack- Active Blind Spot Assist ................. 213
age) ............................................... 219 Active Curve System ...................... 189
Off-road programs (vehicles with Active Lane Keeping Assist ............ 215
Off-Road Engineering package) ...... 220 ADS ............................................... 188
10 Index

AMG adaptive sport suspension DYNAMIC SELECT controller


system ........................................... 191 Automatic transmission ................. 147
ATTENTION ASSIST ........................ 207
Blind Spot Assist ............................ 209 E
Cruise control ................................ 174
EASY-ENTRY feature
Display message ............................ 265
Activating/deactivating ................. 244
Driving Assistance Plus package ... 213
Function/notes ............................. 109
HOLD function ............................... 187
EASY-EXIT feature
Lane Keeping Assist ...................... 211
Crash-responsive ........................... 110
Level control (vehicle with the Off-
Function/notes ............................. 109
Road Engineering package) ........... 184
Switching on/off ........................... 244
Rear view camera .......................... 199
EBD (electronic brake force distri-
Traffic Sign Assist .......................... 208
bution)
Driving tips
Display message ............................ 251
Automatic transmission ................. 150
Function/notes ................................ 72
Brakes ........................................... 166
ECO display
Break-in period .............................. 139
Function/notes ............................. 165
Distance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 182
On-board computer ....................... 237
Downhill gradient ........................... 166
ECO start/stop function
Drinking and driving ....................... 165
Automatic engine start .................. 145
Driving in winter ............................. 169
Automatic engine switch-off .......... 144
Driving on flooded roads ................ 168
Deactivating/activating ................. 145
Driving on sand .............................. 172
General information ....................... 144
Driving on wet roads ...................... 168
Important safety notes .................. 144
Driving over obstacles ................... 173
Introduction ................................... 144
Exhaust check ............................... 165
Electronic Stability Program
Fuel ................................................ 164
General .......................................... 164 see ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)
Hydroplaning ................................. 168 Emergency
Icy road surfaces ........................... 169 Automatic measures after an acci-
Limited braking efficiency on sal- dent ................................................. 59
ted roads ....................................... 167 Emergency release
Off-road driving .............................. 170 Driver's door .................................... 84
Off-road fording ............................. 169 Vehicle ............................................. 84
Snow chains .................................. 356 Emergency spare wheel
The first 1000 miles (1500 km) ..... 139 General notes ................................ 380
Tire ruts ......................................... 172 Important safety notes .................. 380
Towing a trailer .............................. 225 Removing ....................................... 381
Traveling uphill ............................... 173 Storage location ............................ 381
Wet road surface ........................... 167 Stowing .......................................... 381
DSR (Downhill Speed Regulation) Emergency Tensioning Devices
Display message ............................ 267 Activation ......................................... 56
Function/notes ............................. 218 Emergency unlocking
DVD video Tailgate ............................................ 88
Operating (on-board computer) ..... 239 Emissions control
see also Digital Operator's Man- Service and warranty information .... 28
ual .................................................. 292 Engine
Check Engine warning lamp ........... 288
Index 11

Display message ............................ 261 Exhaust pipe (cleaning instruc-


ECO start/stop function ................ 144 tions) .................................................. 334
Engine number ............................... 386 Exterior lighting
Irregular running ............................ 146 see Lights
Jump-starting ................................. 346 Exterior mirrors
Starting (important safety notes) ... 141 Adjusting ....................................... 110
Starting problems .......................... 146 Dipping (automatic) ....................... 112
Starting the engine with the Folding in when locking (on-board
SmartKey ....................................... 142 computer) ...................................... 245
Starting via smartphone ................ 142 Folding in/out (automatically) ....... 111
Starting with KEYLESS-GO ............. 142 Folding in/out (electrically) ........... 111
Switching off .................................. 162 Out of position (troubleshooting) ... 112
Tow-starting (vehicle) ..................... 352 Setting ........................................... 111
Engine electronics Storing settings (memory func-
Problem (malfunction) ................... 146 tion) ............................................... 113
Engine jump starting Storing the parking position .......... 112
see Jump starting (engine) Eyeglasses compartment ................. 302
Engine oil
Adding ........................................... 327 F
Additives ........................................ 390
Checking the oil level ..................... 326 Favorites
Checking the oil level using the Overview ........................................ 294
dipstick .......................................... 327 Filler cap
Display message ............................ 263 see Refueling
Filling capacity ............................... 390 Flat tire
Notes about oil grades ................... 389 MOExtended tires .......................... 340
Notes on oil level/consumption .... 326 Preparing the vehicle ..................... 339
Temperature (on-board computer, TIREFIT kit ...................................... 341
Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ............... 245 see Emergency spare wheel
Engine switch-off Floormats ........................................... 324
see ECO start/stop function Fog lamps (extended range) ............. 118
Entering an address Folding the rear bench seat for-
see also Digital Operator's Man- wards/back ....................................... 303
ual .................................................. 292 Fording
ESP® (Electronic Stability Pro- Off-road ......................................... 169
gram) On flooded roads ........................... 168
AMG menu (on-board computer) ... 246 Frequencies
Characteristics ................................. 70 Mobile phone ................................. 384
Deactivating/activating ................... 71 Two-way radio ................................ 384
Display message ............................ 249 Fuel
Function/notes ................................ 69 Additives ........................................ 388
General notes .................................. 69 Consumption statistics .................. 236
Important safety information ........... 70 Displaying the current consump-
Warning lamp ................................. 284 tion ................................................ 237
ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction Sys- Displaying the range ...................... 237
tem) ...................................................... 70 Driving tips .................................... 164
Exhaust check ................................... 165 Fuel gauge ....................................... 37
Grade (gasoline) ............................ 387
12 Index

Important safety notes .................. 387 H


Low outside temperatures ............. 388
Problem (malfunction) ................... 158 Handbrake
Quality (diesel) ............................... 388 see Parking brake
Refueling ........................................ 155 Hazard warning lamps ...................... 117
Tank content/reserve fuel ............. 387 Head restraints
Fuel filler flap Adjusting ......................................... 99
Opening ......................................... 157 Adjusting (electrically) ................... 100
Fuel filter (display message) ............ 264 Adjusting (manually) ........................ 99
Fuel level Adjusting (rear) .............................. 100
Calling up the range (on-board Installing/removing (rear) .............. 100
computer) ...................................... 237 Luxury ............................................ 100
Fuel tank Headlamps
Capacity ........................................ 387 Fogging up ..................................... 119
Problem (malfunction) ................... 158 see Automatic headlamp mode
Fuses Heating
Allocation chart ............................. 352 see Climate control
Before changing ............................. 352 High beam flasher ............................. 116
Dashboard fuse box ....................... 352 High-beam headlamps
Fuse box in the engine compart- Adaptive Highbeam Assist ............. 118
ment .............................................. 353 Display message ............................ 260
Fuse box under rear bench seat .... 353 Replacing bulbs ............................. 121
Important safety notes .................. 352 Switching on/off ........................... 116
Highway mode ................................... 118
G Hill start assist .................................. 143
HOLD function
Garage door opener Deactivating ................................... 187
Clearing the memory ..................... 324 Display message ............................ 268
General notes ................................ 321 Function/notes ............................. 187
Important safety notes .................. 321 Home address
Opening/closing the garage door .. 323 see also Digital Operator's Man-
Problems when programming ........ 323 ual .................................................. 292
Programming (button in the rear- Hood
view mirror) ................................... 322 Closing ........................................... 326
Synchronizing the rolling code ....... 322 Display message ............................ 277
Gear indicator (on-board com- Important safety notes .................. 325
puter, Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ....... 245 Opening ......................................... 325
Genuine parts ...................................... 27 Horn ...................................................... 36
Glove box ........................................... 301 Hydroplaning ..................................... 168
Google™ Local Search
see also Digital Operator's Man- I
ual .................................................. 292
GTW (Gross Trailer Weight) (defini- Ignition lock
tion) .................................................... 373 see Key positions
Immobilizer .......................................... 75
Indicator lamps
see Warning and indicator lamps
Index 13

Indicators Knee bag .............................................. 50


see Turn signals
Insect protection on the radiator .... 326 L
Instrument cluster
Lamps
Overview .......................................... 37
see Warning and indicator lamps
Warning and indicator lamps ........... 37
Lane Keeping Assist
Instrument cluster lighting .............. 233
Activating/deactivating ................. 242
Intelligent Light System
Display message ............................ 268
Activating/deactivating ................. 243
Function/information .................... 211
Display message ............................ 260
see Active Lane Keeping Assist
Overview ........................................ 117
Lap time (RACETIMER) ...................... 246
Interior lighting
LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat
Automatic control .......................... 120
anchors ................................................ 62
Emergency lighting ........................ 120
Level control
General notes ................................ 119
Manual control ............................... 119 AIRMATIC ...................................... 190
Overview ........................................ 119 Level control (display message) ...... 265
Reading lamp ................................. 119 Level control (vehicle with the Off-
Road Engineering package)
iPod®
Basic settings ................................ 184
see also Digital Operator's Man-
Function/notes ............................. 184
ual .................................................. 292
Important safety notes .................. 184
License plate lamp (display mes-
J
sage) ................................................... 260
Jack Light function, active
Storage location ............................ 339 Display message ............................ 260
Using ............................................. 376 Light sensor (display message) ....... 260
Jump starting (engine) ...................... 346 Light switch
Operation ....................................... 115
K Lights
Activating/deactivating the Intel-
Key positions
ligent Light System ........................ 243
KEYLESS-GO .................................. 140
Active light function ....................... 117
SmartKey ....................................... 140
Adaptive Highbeam Assist ............. 118
KEYLESS-GO
Automatic headlamp mode ............ 115
Activating ......................................... 78
Fog lamps (extended) .................... 118
Convenience closing feature ............ 91
Hazard warning lamps ................... 117
Deactivation ..................................... 78
High beam flasher .......................... 116
Display message ............................ 278
High-beam headlamps ................... 116
Locking ............................................ 78
Highway mode ............................... 118
Removing the Start/Stop button ... 141
Light switch ................................... 115
Start function ................................... 79
Low-beam headlamps .................... 116
Start/Stop button .......................... 140
Off-road lights ................................ 118
Starting the engine ........................ 142
Parking lamps ................................ 116
Unlocking ......................................... 78
Rear fog lamp ................................ 116
Kickdown
Standing lamps .............................. 116
Driving tips .................................... 151
Manual gearshifting ....................... 154
14 Index

Switching the daytime running Remote fault diagnosis .................. 319


lamps on/off (on-board com- Remote vehicle locking .................. 319
puter) ............................................. 243 Roadside assistance button ........... 316
Turn signals ................................... 116 Search & Send ............................... 318
see Interior lighting Self-test ......................................... 315
see Replacing the bulbs Speed alert .................................... 320
Loading guidelines ............................ 300 System .......................................... 314
Locking Triggering the vehicle alarm ........... 321
see Central locking Vehicle remote unlocking .............. 319
Locking (doors) Mechanical key
Automatic ........................................ 84 Function/notes ................................ 79
Emergency locking ........................... 84 General notes .................................. 79
From inside (central locking but- Inserting .......................................... 79
ton) .................................................. 83 Locking vehicle ................................ 84
Locking centrally Removing ......................................... 79
see Central locking Unlocking the driver's door .............. 84
Locking verification signal (on- Media Interface
board computer) ............................... 244 USB port in the armrest of the
LOW RANGE center console ............................... 301
Display message ............................ 267 see Digital Operator's Manual
Off-road gear ................................. 221 Memory card (audio) ......................... 239
LOW RANGE off-road gear ................ 221 Memory function ............................... 113
Low-beam headlamps Mercedes-Benz Intelligent Drive
Display message ............................ 260 360°camera .................................. 203
Replacing bulbs ............................. 121 Active Blind Spot Assist ................. 213
Switching on/off ........................... 116 Active Lane Keeping Assist ............ 215
Lumbar support ATTENTION ASSIST ........................ 207
Adjusting (on the seat) .................. 106 Blind Spot Assist ............................ 209
Luxury head restraints ..................... 100 Distance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 176
Distance Pilot DISTRONIC with
M Steering Pilot ................................. 182
General notes ................................ 174
M+S tires ............................................ 356 Lane Keeping Assist ...................... 211
Malfunction message Parking Assist PARKTRONIC .......... 192
see Display messages Parking Pilot .................................. 195
Matte finish (cleaning instruc-
PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory
tions) .................................................. 332 occupant protection PLUS) .............. 59
mbrace Rear view camera .......................... 199
Call priority .................................... 317 Traffic Sign Assist .......................... 208
Display message ............................ 254 Message memory (on-board com-
Downloading destinations puter) .................................................. 248
(COMAND) ..................................... 318 Mirror
Downloading routes ....................... 320 Vanity mirror (sun visor) ................ 310
Emergency call .............................. 315 Mirror turn signal
General notes ................................ 314 Cleaning ......................................... 334
Geo fencing ................................... 321 Mirrors
Info call button .............................. 317 see Exterior mirrors
Locating a stolen vehicle ............... 319
Index 15

see Rear-view mirror O


see Vanity mirror (in the sun visor)
Mobile phone Occupant Classification System
(OCS)
Connecting (Bluetooth® inter-
Conditions ....................................... 52
face) .............................................. 296
Faults ............................................... 55
Connecting (device manager) ........ 297
Operation ......................................... 52
Frequencies ................................... 384
System self-test ............................... 54
Installation ..................................... 384
Occupant safety
Menu (on-board computer) ............ 240
Air bags ........................................... 49
Transmission output (maximum) .... 384
Modifying the programming Automatic measures after an acci-
dent ................................................. 59
(SmartKey) ........................................... 79
Belt warning ..................................... 48
MOExtended tires .............................. 340
Children in the vehicle ..................... 59
Mounting wheels
Important safety notes .................... 44
Lowering the vehicle ...................... 378
Introduction to the restraint sys-
Mounting a new wheel ................... 377
tem .................................................. 44
Preparing the vehicle ..................... 375
Occupant Classification System
Raising the vehicle ......................... 376
(OCS) ............................................... 51
Removing a wheel .......................... 377
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator
Securing the vehicle against roll-
lamps ............................................... 45
ing away ........................................ 375
Pets in the vehicle ........................... 65
MP3
PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occu-
Operation ....................................... 239
pant protection) ............................... 58
see also Digital Operator's Man-
ual .................................................. 292 PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory
Multifunction display occupant protection PLUS) .............. 59
Function/notes ............................. 235 Restraint system warning lamp ........ 45
Permanent display ......................... 243 Seat belt .......................................... 45
Multifunction steering wheel OCS
Operating the on-board computer .. 234 Conditions ....................................... 52
Overview .......................................... 38 Faults ............................................... 55
Multimedia system Operation ......................................... 52
Switching on and off ...................... 293 System self-test ............................... 54
Music files Odometer ........................................... 236
see also Digital Operator's Man- Off-road driving
ual .................................................. 292 Approach/departure angle ............ 394
Checklist after driving off-road ...... 172
N Checklist before driving off-road .... 171
Fording depth ................................ 393
Navigation General information ....................... 170
Entering a destination .................... 294 Important safety notes .................. 170
Menu (on-board computer) ............ 237 Maximum gradient climbing abil-
see also Digital Operator's Man- ity .................................................. 394
ual .................................................. 292 Traveling uphill ............................... 173
Notes on breaking-in a new vehi- Off-road lights .................................... 118
cle ....................................................... 139 Off-Road program (vehicles with-
out Off-Road Engineering package)
Function/notes ............................. 219
16 Index

Off-road programs (vehicles with Important safety notes .................... 30


Off-Road Engineering package) Operating system
Function/notes ............................. 220 see On-board computer
Off-road drive program .................. 220 Operation
Offroad Plus drive program ............ 221 Digital Operator's Manual ................ 26
Off-road programs (vehicles with Operator's Manual
the Off-Road Engineering package) Overview .......................................... 28
Displays in the COMAND display ... 223 Vehicle equipment ........................... 28
Off-road system Outside temperature display ........... 233
4MATIC .......................................... 218 Overhead control panel ...................... 42
DSR ............................................... 218 Override feature
LOW RANGE off-road gear ............. 221 Rear side windows ........................... 65
Off-road 4ETS .................................. 70
Off-road ABS .................................... 67 P
Off-road ESP® .................................. 71
Paddle shifters
Off-road programs (vehicles with
see Steering wheel paddle shifters
Off-Road Engineering package) ...... 220
Oil Paint code number ............................ 385
see Engine oil Paintwork (cleaning instructions) ... 332
On and Offroad menu (on-board Panic alarm .......................................... 44
computer) .......................................... 245 Panorama roof with power tilt/
On-board computer sliding panel
AMG menu ..................................... 245 Important safety notes .................... 92
Assistance menu ........................... 241 Opening/closing the roller sun-
Audio menu ................................... 239 blind ................................................. 95
Convenience submenu .................. 244 Operating ......................................... 94
Display messages .......................... 248 Operating the roller sunblinds for
Displaying a service message ........ 329 the sliding sunroof ........................... 94
Distance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 181 Problem (malfunction) ..................... 96
Factory settings submenu ............. 245 Reversing feature ............................. 93
Important safety notes .................. 233 Parking
Instrument cluster submenu .......... 243 Important safety notes .................. 161
Lighting submenu .......................... 243 Parking brake ................................ 162
Menu overview .............................. 236 Position of exterior mirror, front-
Message memory .......................... 248 passenger side ............................... 112
Navigation menu ............................ 237 Rear view camera .......................... 199
On and Offroad menu .................... 245 see PARKTRONIC
Operation ....................................... 234 Parking aid
RACETIMER ................................... 246 Parking Pilot .................................. 195
Service menu ................................. 242 see 360° camera
Settings menu ............................... 243 see Exterior mirrors
Standard display ............................ 236 see PARKTRONIC
Telephone menu ............................ 240 Parking Assist PARKTRONIC
Trip menu ...................................... 236 Deactivating/activating ................. 194
Vehicle submenu ........................... 244 Driving system ............................... 192
Video DVD operation ..................... 239 Function/notes ............................. 192
Operating safety Important safety notes .................. 192
Declaration of conformity ................ 30 Problems (malfunctions) ................ 195
Index 17

Sensor range ................................. 193 Protection against theft


Towing a trailer .............................. 192 ATA (Anti-Theft Alarm system) ......... 75
Warning display ............................. 194 Immobilizer ...................................... 75
Parking assistance Protection of the environment
see Driving system General notes .................................. 27
Parking brake Pulling away
Applying automatically ................... 163 Automatic transmission ................. 143
Applying or releasing manually ...... 163 General notes ................................ 143
Display message ............................ 251 Hill start assist ............................... 143
Electric parking brake .................... 162 Trailer ............................................ 143
Emergency braking ........................ 164
General notes ................................ 162 Q
Releasing automatically ................. 163
QR code
Warning lamp ................................. 287
Parking lamps Mercedes-Benz Guide App ................. 1
Rescue card ..................................... 32
Switching on/off ........................... 116
Parking Pilot Qualified specialist workshop ........... 31
Canceling ....................................... 199
Detecting parking spaces .............. 196 R
Display Message ............................ 269 RACE TIMER (on-board computer,
Exiting a parking space .................. 198 Mercedes-AMG vehicles) .................. 246
Function/notes ............................. 195 Radiator cover ................................... 326
Important safety notes .................. 195 Radio
Parking .......................................... 197 Selecting a station ......................... 239
PASSENGER AIR BAG Radio mode
Display message ............................ 258 see also Digital Operator's Man-
Indicator lamps ................................ 45 ual .................................................. 292
Problem (malfunction) ................... 258 Radio-controlled devices (instal-
Pets in the vehicle ............................... 65 ling) ..................................................... 324
Phone book Radio-wave reception/transmis-
see also Digital Operator's Man- sion in the vehicle
ual .................................................. 292 Declaration of conformity ................ 30
Plastic trim (cleaning instruc- Reading lamp ..................................... 119
tions) .................................................. 335 Rear bench seat
Power locks ......................................... 84 Folding forwards/back .................. 304
Power washers .................................. 331 Rear compartment
Power windows Exit/entry position (3rd row of
see Side windows seats) ............................................. 103
PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupant Setting the air vents ...................... 137
protection) Setting the temperature ................ 132
Display message ............................ 255 Rear fog lamp
Operation ......................................... 58 Display message ............................ 260
PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory Switching on/off ........................... 116
occupant protection PLUS) Rear Seat Entertainment System
Display message ............................ 255 AUX jacks ...................................... 299
Operation ......................................... 59 AUX jacks CD/DVD drive .............. 299
18 Index

Rear seats Warning lamp ................................. 287


Adjusting ....................................... 101 Warning lamp (function) ................... 45
Display message ............................ 277 Reversing feature
Rear view camera Panorama sliding sunroof ................ 93
Cleaning instructions ..................... 334 Roller sunblinds ............................... 95
Display in the multimedia system .. 200 Side windows ................................... 89
Function/notes ............................. 199 Sliding sunroof ................................. 93
Switching on/off ........................... 200 Tailgate ............................................ 85
Rear window defroster Reversing lamps (display mes-
Problem (malfunction) ................... 135 sage) ................................................... 260
Switching on/off ........................... 134 Roadside Assistance (breakdown) .... 29
Rear window wiper Roller sunblind
Replacing the wiper blade .............. 124 Panorama roof with power tilt/
Switching on/off ........................... 123 sliding panel ..................................... 94
Rear-view mirror Rear side windows ......................... 310
Anti-glare (manual) ........................ 110 Roof carrier ........................................ 308
Dipping (automatic) ....................... 112 Roof lining and carpets (cleaning
Reflective safety jacket .................... 338 guidelines) ......................................... 337
Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys- Roof load (maximum) ........................ 392
tem) Route (navigation)
Important safety notes .................. 391 see Route guidance (navigation)
Refueling Route guidance
Fuel gauge ....................................... 37 see also Digital Operator's Man-
Important safety notes .................. 155 ual .................................................. 292
Refueling process .......................... 156 Route guidance (navigation) ............ 237
see Fuel Route guidance active ...................... 238
Remote control
Garage door opener ....................... 321 S
Replacing bulbs
General notes ................................ 120 Safety
High-beam headlamps ................... 121 Children in the vehicle ..................... 59
Important safety notes .................. 120 see Occupant safety
Installing/removing the cover see Operating safety
(front wheel arch) .......................... 121 Safety system
Low-beam headlamps .................... 121 see Driving safety systems
Overview of bulb types .................. 120 SD card
Turn signals (front) ......................... 122 Inserting ........................................ 298
Reporting safety defects .................... 32 Inserting/removing ........................ 298
Rescue card ......................................... 32 Removing ....................................... 298
Reserve (fuel tank) SD memory card
see Fuel see also Digital Operator's Man-
Reserve fuel ual .................................................. 292
Display message ............................ 263 Selecting ........................................ 239
Warning lamp ................................. 288 Search & Send
Residual heat (climate control) ........ 135 see also Digital Operator's Man-
Restraint system ual .................................................. 292
Display message ............................ 256 Seat
Introduction ..................................... 44 Correct driver's seat position ........... 97
Index 19

Seat belts Service message


Adjusting the driver's and front- see ASSYST PLUS
passenger seat belt ......................... 48 Service products
Adjusting the height ......................... 48 Brake fluid ..................................... 390
Cleaning ......................................... 336 Coolant (engine) ............................ 390
Correct usage .................................. 47 DEF special additives ..................... 389
Fastening ......................................... 48 Engine oil ....................................... 389
Important safety guidelines ............. 46 Fuel ................................................ 387
Introduction ..................................... 45 Important safety notes .................. 386
Releasing ......................................... 48 Refrigerant (air-conditioning sys-
Switching belt adjustment on/off tem) ............................................... 391
(on-board computer) ...................... 244 Washer fluid ................................... 391
Warning lamp ................................. 280 Setting the air distribution ............... 133
Warning lamp (function) ................... 48 Setting the airflow ............................ 133
Seats Setting the date/time format
Adjusting (electrically) ..................... 98 see also Digital Operator's Man-
Adjusting the 4-way lumbar sup- ual .................................................. 292
port ................................................ 106 Setting the language
Adjusting the head restraint ............ 99 see also Digital Operator's Man-
Calling up a stored setting (mem- ual .................................................. 292
ory function) .................................. 114 Setting the time
Cleaning the cover ......................... 336 see also Digital Operator's Man-
Entry position (3rd row of seats) .... 103 ual .................................................. 292
Exit position (3rd row of seats) ...... 104 Settings
Folding down/up (third row of Factory (on-board computer) ......... 245
seats) ............................................. 101 On-board computer ....................... 243
Folding the 2nd row of seats SETUP (on-board computer,
forward electrically ........................ 105 Mercedes-AMG vehicles) .................. 246
Folding the 2nd row of seats Side impact air bag ............................. 51
forward manually ........................... 103 Side marker lamp (display mes-
Folding the rear bench seat for- sage) ................................................... 260
wards/back ................................... 303 Side windows
Important safety notes .................... 97 Cleaning ......................................... 333
Overview .......................................... 97 Convenience closing feature ............ 90
Seat heating problem .................... 108 Convenience opening feature .......... 90
Seat ventilation problem ................ 108 Hinged side windows ....................... 89
Storing settings (memory func- Important safety information ........... 88
tion) ............................................... 113 Opening/closing .............................. 89
Switching seat heating on/off ....... 106 Overview .......................................... 88
Switching seat ventilation on/off .. 107 Problem (malfunction) ..................... 92
Section Resetting ......................................... 91
Sliding sunroof ................................. 92 Reversing feature ............................. 89
Selector lever SIRIUS services
Cleaning ......................................... 336 see also Digital Operator's Man-
Sensors (cleaning instructions) ....... 334 ual .................................................. 292
Service menu (on-board com- Sliding sunroof
puter) .................................................. 242 Important safety notes .................... 92
20 Index

Opening/closing .............................. 93 Start/Stop button


Problem (malfunction) ..................... 96 Starting the engine ........................ 142
Resetting ......................................... 94 Start/stop function
see Panorama roof with power see ECO start/stop function
tilt/sliding panel Starting (engine) ................................ 141
SmartKey STEER CONTROL .................................. 75
Changing the battery ....................... 80 Steering
Changing the programming ............. 79 Display message ............................ 277
Checking the battery ....................... 80 Steering Pilot
Convenience closing feature ............ 91 Activating/deactivating ................. 241
Convenience opening feature .......... 90 Display message ............................ 271
Display message ............................ 278 Steering wheel
Door central locking/unlocking ....... 77 Adjusting (electrically) ................... 109
Important safety notes .................... 77 Adjusting (manually) ...................... 108
KEYLESS-GO start function .............. 79 Button overview ............................... 38
Loss ................................................. 81 Buttons (on-board computer) ......... 234
Mechanical key ................................ 79 Cleaning ......................................... 336
Overview .......................................... 77 Important safety notes .................. 108
Positions (ignition lock) ................. 140 Steering wheel heating .................. 109
Problem (malfunction) ..................... 81 Storing settings (memory func-
Starting the engine ........................ 142 tion) ............................................... 113
Smartphone Steering wheel heating
Starting the engine ........................ 142 Problem (malfunction) ................... 109
SMS Switching on/off ........................... 109
see also Digital Operator's Man- Steering wheel paddle shifters ........ 152
ual .................................................. 292 Stopwatch (RACETIMER) ................... 246
Snow chains Stowage areas ................................... 300
Information .................................... 356 Stowage compartments
Sockets Armrest (under) ............................. 301
Center console .............................. 312 Center console .............................. 302
General notes ................................ 312 Center console (rear) ..................... 302
Luggage compartment ................... 313 Cup holders ................................... 308
Rear compartment ......................... 312 Eyeglasses compartment ............... 302
Sound Glove box ....................................... 301
Switching on/off ........................... 293 Important safety information ......... 300
Special seat belt retractor .................. 60 Stowage net ................................... 302
Specialist workshop ............................ 31 Stowage net ....................................... 302
Speed, controlling Summer tires
see Cruise control In winter ........................................ 356
Speedometer Sun visor ............................................ 310
Digital ............................................ 237 Suspension setting
In the Instrument cluster ................. 37 AIRMATIC ...................................... 188
Segments ...................................... 233 AMG adaptive sport suspension
Selecting the display unit ............... 243 system ........................................... 191
Standing lamps Suspension tuning
Display message ............................ 260 SETUP (on-board computer,
Switching on/off ........................... 116 Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ............... 246
Index 21

SUV see also Digital Operator's Man-


(Sport Utility Vehicle) ....................... 30 ual .................................................. 292
Switching air-recirculation mode Temperature
on/off ................................................. 135 Coolant (display in the instrument
Switching on media mode cluster) .......................................... 234
Via the device list .......................... 298 Coolant (on-board computer,
Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ............... 245
T Engine oil (on-board computer,
Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ............... 245
Tachometer ........................................ 233 Outside temperature ...................... 233
Tailgate Setting (climate control) ................ 132
Display message ............................ 276 Transmission oil (on-board com-
Emergency unlocking ....................... 88 puter, Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ..... 245
Important safety notes .................... 84 Through-loading feature ................... 303
Limiting the opening angle ............... 88 Timing (RACETIMER) ......................... 246
Opening dimensions ...................... 392 Tire pressure
Opening/closing (automatically
Calling up (on-board computer) ..... 361
from inside) ...................................... 87
Checking manually ........................ 360
Opening/closing (automatically
Display message ............................ 273
from outside) ................................... 86
Maximum ....................................... 360
Opening/closing (from outside) ....... 85
Not reached (TIREFIT) .................... 342
Power closing .................................. 84
Notes ............................................. 359
Tank
Reached (TIREFIT) .......................... 343
see Fuel tank
Recommended ............................... 357
Tank content
Tire pressure loss warning system
Fuel gauge ....................................... 37
General notes ................................ 360
Technical data
Important safety notes .................. 361
Capacities ...................................... 386
Restarting ...................................... 361
Information .................................... 384 Tire pressure monitor
Tires/wheels ................................. 379
Checking the tire pressure elec-
Trailer loads ................................... 395
tronically ........................................ 363
Vehicle data ................................... 392
Function/notes ............................. 361
Telephone
General notes ................................ 361
Accepting a call (multifunction
Important safety notes .................. 362
steering wheel) .............................. 240
Radio type approval for the tire
Authorizing a mobile phone (con-
pressure monitor ........................... 364
necting) ......................................... 296
Restarting ...................................... 364
Authorizing a mobile phone via the
Warning lamp ................................. 291
device manager (connecting) ......... 297
Warning message .......................... 363
Connecting a mobile phone
Tire pressure table ............................ 358
(device manager) ........................... 297
TIREFIT kit
Connecting a mobile phone (gen-
Important safety notes .................. 341
eral information) ............................ 296
Storage location ............................ 339
Display message ............................ 277
Tire pressure not reached .............. 342
Menu (on-board computer) ............ 240
Tire pressure reached .................... 343
Number from the phone book ........ 240
Using ............................................. 341
Redialing ........................................ 240
Tires
Rejecting/ending a call ................. 240
Aspect ratio (definition) ................. 373
22 Index

Average weight of the vehicle Service life ..................................... 355


occupants (definition) .................... 372 Sidewall (definition) ....................... 374
Bar (definition) ............................... 372 Snow chains .................................. 356
Changing a wheel .......................... 374 Speed rating (definition) ................ 373
Characteristics .............................. 372 Storing ........................................... 375
Checking ........................................ 354 Structure and characteristics
Curb weight (definition) ................. 373 (definition) ..................................... 372
Definition of terms ......................... 372 Summer tires in winter .................. 356
Direction of rotation ...................... 375 Temperature .................................. 368
Display message ............................ 273 TIN (Tire Identification Number)
Distribution of the vehicle occu- (definition) ..................................... 374
pants (definition) ............................ 374 Tire bead (definition) ...................... 373
DOT (Department of Transporta- Tire pressure (definition) ................ 373
tion) (definition) ............................. 372 Tire pressures (recommended) ...... 372
DOT, Tire Identification Number Tire size (data) ............................... 379
(TIN) ............................................... 371 Tire size designation, load-bearing
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) capacity, speed rating .................... 369
(definition) ..................................... 372 Tire tread ....................................... 355
GTW (Gross Trailer Weight) (defi- Tire tread (definition) ..................... 373
nition) ............................................ 373 Total load limit (definition) ............. 374
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) (def- Traction ......................................... 368
inition) ........................................... 373 Traction (definition) ....................... 374
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- Tread wear ..................................... 368
ing) (definition) .............................. 373 TWR (permissible trailer drawbar
Important safety notes .................. 354 noseweight) (definition) ................. 374
Increased vehicle weight due to Uniform Tire Quality Grading
optional equipment (definition) ...... 372 Standards ...................................... 367
Information on driving .................... 354 Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Kilopascal (kPa) (definition) ........... 373 Standards (definition) .................... 372
Labeling (overview) ........................ 369 Wear indicator (definition) ............. 374
Load bearing index (definition) ...... 374 Wheel and tire combination ........... 379
Load index ..................................... 371 Wheel rim (definition) .................... 372
Load index (definition) ................... 373 see Flat tire
M+S tires ....................................... 356 Tool
Maximum load on a tire (defini- see Vehicle tool kit
tion) ............................................... 373 Top Tether ............................................ 63
Maximum loaded vehicle weight Tow-starting
(definition) ..................................... 373 Emergency engine starting ............ 352
Maximum permissible tire pres- Important safety notes .................. 349
sure (definition) ............................. 373 Towing a trailer
Maximum tire load ......................... 371 Axle load, permissible .................... 395
Maximum tire load (definition) ....... 373 Cleaning the trailer tow hitch ......... 335
MOExtended tires .......................... 356 Coupling up a trailer ...................... 227
Optional equipment weight (defi- Decoupling a trailer ....................... 229
nition) ............................................ 374 Driving tips .................................... 225
PSI (pounds per square inch) (def- Important safety notes .................. 224
inition) ........................................... 373 Installing the ball coupling ............. 226
Replacing ....................................... 374 Lights display message .................. 260
Index 23

Mounting dimensions .................... 395 Trip computer (on-board com-


Parking Assist PARKTRONIC .......... 192 puter) .................................................. 236
Power supply ................................. 230 Trip odometer
Pulling away with a trailer .............. 143 Calling up ....................................... 236
Removing the ball coupling ............ 229 Resetting (on-board computer) ...... 237
Trailer loads ................................... 395 Trunk
Towing away see Tailgate
Important safety guidelines ........... 349 Turn signals
Installing the towing eye ................ 350 Display message ............................ 260
Notes for 4MATIC vehicles ............ 351 Replacing bulbs (front) ................... 122
Removing the towing eye ............... 350 Switching on/off ........................... 116
Transporting the vehicle ................ 351 Two-way radio
With both axles on the ground ....... 350 Frequencies ................................... 384
Towing eye ......................................... 339 Installation ..................................... 384
Traffic reports Transmission output (maximum) .... 384
see also Digital Operator's Man- TWR (Tongue Weight Rating) (defi-
ual .................................................. 292 nition) ................................................. 374
Traffic Sign Assist Type identification plate
Activating/deactivating the warn- see Vehicle identification plate
ing function .................................... 241
Display message ............................ 268 U
Function/notes ............................. 208
Unlocking
Important safety notes .................. 209
Instrument cluster display ............. 209 Emergency unlocking ....................... 84
Trailer coupling From inside the vehicle (central
see Towing a trailer unlocking button) ............................. 83
Trailer loads and drawbar nose- Upshift indicator (on-board com-
weights ............................................... 229 puter, Mercedes-AMG vehicles) ....... 245
Trailer towing USB devices
Active Blind Spot Assist ................. 215 Connecting to the Media Inter-
Active Lane Keeping Assist ............ 218 face ............................................... 299
Blind Spot Assist ............................ 211
Permissible trailer loads and V
drawbar noseweights ..................... 229 Vanity mirror (in the sun visor) ........ 310
Transfer case ..................................... 155 Vehicle
Transmission Correct use ...................................... 31
see Automatic transmission Data acquisition ............................... 32
Transmission position display ......... 149 Display message ............................ 275
Transporting the vehicle .................. 351 Equipment ....................................... 28
Traveling uphill Individual settings .......................... 243
Brow of hill ..................................... 174 Limited Warranty ............................. 32
Driving downhill ............................. 174 Loading .......................................... 364
Maximum gradient-climbing capa- Locking (in an emergency) ............... 84
bility ............................................... 173 Locking (SmartKey) .......................... 77
Trim pieces (cleaning instruc- Lowering ........................................ 378
tions) .................................................. 336 Maintenance .................................... 29
Operating safety .............................. 30
24 Index

Parking .......................................... 161 Overview .......................................... 37


Parking for a long period ................ 164 Parking brake ................................ 287
Pulling away ................................... 143 PASSENGER AIR BAG ...................... 45
Raising ........................................... 376 Reserve fuel ................................... 288
Reporting problems ......................... 31 Restraint system ............................ 287
Securing from rolling away ............ 375 Seat belt ........................................ 280
Towing away .................................. 349 Tire pressure monitor .................... 291
Transporting .................................. 351 Warranty .............................................. 28
Unlocking (in an emergency) ........... 84 Washer fluid
Unlocking (SmartKey) ...................... 77 Display message ............................ 278
Vehicle data ................................... 392 Weather display (COMAND)
Vehicle battery see also Digital Operator's Man-
see Battery (vehicle) ual .................................................. 292
Vehicle data ....................................... 392 Wheel and tire combinations
Vehicle data (off-road driving) Tires ............................................... 379
Approach/departure angle ............ 394 Wheel bolt tightening torque ........... 378
Fording depth ................................ 393 Wheel chock ...................................... 375
Maximum gradient climbing abil- Wheels
ity .................................................. 394 Changing a wheel .......................... 374
Vehicle dimensions ........................... 392 Checking ........................................ 354
Vehicle emergency locking ................ 84 Cleaning ......................................... 333
Vehicle identification number Emergency spare wheel ................. 380
see VIN Important safety notes .................. 354
Vehicle identification plate .............. 385 Information on driving .................... 354
Vehicle level Interchanging/changing ................ 374
AIRMATIC ...................................... 190 Mounting a new wheel ................... 377
Vehicle level (display message) ....... 265 Mounting a wheel .......................... 375
Vehicle tool kit .................................. 339 Overview ........................................ 354
Video Removing a wheel .......................... 377
Operating the DVD ......................... 239 Snow chains .................................. 356
see also Digital Operator's Man- Storing ........................................... 375
ual .................................................. 292 Tightening torque ........................... 378
VIN ...................................................... 385 Wheel size/tire size ....................... 379
Seat ............................................... 386 Window curtain air bag
Type plate ...................................... 385 Display message ............................ 257
Operation ......................................... 51
W Windows
see Side windows
Warning and indicator lamps Windshield
ABS ................................................ 282 Defrosting ...................................... 133
Brakes ........................................... 281 Infrared reflective .......................... 324
Coolant .......................................... 288 Windshield washer fluid
Distance Pilot DISTRONIC ............. 290 see Windshield washer system
Distance warning ........................... 290 Windshield washer system
Engine diagnostics ......................... 288 Adding washer fluid ....................... 329
ESP® .............................................. 284 Important safety notes .................. 391
ESP® OFF ....................................... 285 Windshield wipers
Fuel tank ........................................ 288 Problem (malfunction) ................... 124
Index 25

Rear window wiper ........................ 123


Replacing the wiper blades ............ 123
Switching on/off ........................... 122
Winter driving
Slippery road surfaces ................... 169
Winter operation
Overview ........................................ 356
Radiator cover ............................... 326
Winter tires
M+S tires ....................................... 356
Wiper blades
Cleaning ......................................... 333
Replacing ....................................... 123
Replacing (rear window) ................ 124
Replacing (windshield) ................... 123
Wooden trim (cleaning instruc-
tions) .................................................. 336
Workshop
see Qualified specialist workshop

Z
ZONE function
Switching on/off ........................... 133
26 Digital Operator's Manual

Introduction Operating the Digital Operator's Man-


ual
The printed Operator's Manual provides infor-
mation about the safe operation of your vehicle. General notes
The Digital Operator's Manual provides compre-
Please observe the information about the oper-
hensive and specifically adapted information on
ation of the controller (Y page 293).
your vehicle's equipment and multimedia sys-
tem. You can call up the Digital Operator's Man-
ual via the multimedia system. Content pages
i You will not incur any costs when calling up The content pages can be accessed by means of
the Digital Operator's Manual. The Digital a visual search, a keyword search or using the
Operator's Manual works without connecting contents.
to the Internet.
There are three ways to access the topics of the
Digital Operator's Manual:
RVisual search
The visual search allows you to explore your
vehicle "virtually". Starting from either the
vehicle exterior view or interior view, you can
access many of the different topics covered
by the Digital Operator's Manual. To access
the vehicle interior section, select the "Vehi-
cle interior" view.
RKeyword search
X To scroll forward/back: turn 3 the con-
The keyword search allows you to search for a
troller.
keyword by entering characters. Further
information can be found in the Digital Oper- X To display in full-screen or animation: slide
ator's Manual in the "Audio 20" or "COMAND" 8 the controller to the left :.
section under the "Character entry (teleph- X To select information text or save book-
ony)" keyword. marks: slide 9 the controller to the
RContents right ;.
You can select individual sections in the con- X To select a link: slide 6 the controller
tents. down =.
i The Digital Operator's Manual is deactiva- X To exit a content page: select the %
ted for safety reasons while driving. symbol ?.
X To call up the menu of the Digital Opera-
tor's Manual: select Þ symbol A.
Operation
Calling up the Digital Operator's Man-
ual
X Press the Ø button on the center console.
The overview relating to the vehicle appears.
X Select the "Operator's Manual" menu item by
turning 3 or pressing 7 the controller.
X Confirm 7 the message about the warning
and safety notes.
The menu for the Digital Operator's Manual
appears.
Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts 27

Protecting the environment Rchange gear in good time and use each gear
only up to Ô of its maximum engine speed.
General notes
Rswitch off the engine in stationary traffic.

Introduction
H Environmental note Rkeep an eye on the vehicle's fuel consump-
Daimler's declared policy is one of compre- tion.
hensive environmental protection.
The objectives are for the natural resources
that form the basis of our existence on this Environmental concerns and recom-
planet to be used sparingly and in a manner mendations
that takes the requirements of both nature Wherever the operating instructions require you
and humanity into account. to dispose of materials, first try to regenerate or
You too can help to protect the environment re-use them. Observe the relevant environmen-
by operating your vehicle in an environmen- tal rules and regulations when disposing of
materials. In this way you will help to protect the
tally responsible manner.
environment.
Fuel consumption and the rate of engine,
transmission, brake and tire wear are affected
by these factors: Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts
Roperating conditions of your vehicle
Ryour personal driving style H Environmental note
You can influence both factors. You should Daimler AG also supplies reconditioned major
bear the following in mind: assemblies and parts which are of the same
Operating conditions: quality as new parts. They are covered by the
same Limited Warranty entitlements as new
Ravoid short trips as these increase fuel con-
parts.
sumption.
Ralways make sure that the tire pressures ! Air bags and Emergency Tensioning Devi-
are correct. ces, as well as control units and sensors for
these restraint systems, may be installed in
Rdo not carry any unnecessary weight.
the following areas of your vehicle:
Rremove roof racks once you no longer need
Rdoors
them. Rdoor pillars
Ra regularly serviced vehicle will contribute Rdoor sills
to environmental protection. You should Rseats
therefore adhere to the service intervals. Rcockpit
Ralways have service work carried out at a Rinstrument cluster
qualified specialist workshop. Rcenter console
Personal driving style: Do not install accessories such as audio sys-
Rdo not depress the accelerator pedal when tems in these areas. Do not carry out repairs
or welding. You could impair the operating
starting the engine. efficiency of the restraint systems.
Rdo not warm up the engine when the vehicle Have aftermarket accessories installed at a
is stationary. qualified specialist workshop.
Rdrive carefully and maintain a safe distance You could jeopardize the operating safety of
from the vehicle in front. your vehicle if you use parts, tires and wheels as
Ravoid frequent, sudden acceleration and well as accessories relevant to safety which
have not been approved by Mercedes-Benz. This
braking.
could lead to malfunctions in safety-relevant

Z
28 Service and vehicle operation

systems, e.g. the brake system. Use only genu- Service and vehicle operation
ine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts of equal qual-
ity. Only use tires, wheels and accessories that Warranty
have been specifically approved for your vehi-
Introduction

cle. The Limited Warranty for your vehicle applies in


Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts are subject to accordance with the warranty terms and condi-
strict quality control. Every part has been spe- tions in the Service and Warranty Information
cifically developed, manufactured or selected booklet.
for and adapted to Mercedes-Benz vehicles. Your authorized Mercedes-Benz Center will
Therefore, only genuine Mercedes-Benz parts replace and repair all factory-installed parts in
should be used. accordance with the following warranty terms
More than 300,000 different genuine and conditions:
Mercedes-Benz parts are available for RNew Vehicle Limited Warranty
Mercedes-Benz models. REmission System Warranty
All authorized Mercedes-Benz Centers maintain REmission Performance Warranty
a supply of genuine Mercedes-Benz parts for RCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine, Massachu-
necessary service and repair work. In addition, setts, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island
strategically located parts delivery centers pro- and Vermont Emission Control System War-
vide quick and reliable parts service. ranty
Always specify the vehicle identification number RState warranty enforcement laws (lemon
(VIN) when ordering genuine Mercedes-Benz laws)
parts (Y page 385).
Replacement parts and accessories are covered
by the Mercedes-Benz Parts and Accessories
warranties. These are available at any author-
Operator's Manual ized Mercedes-Benz Center.
Vehicle equipment i Should you lose your Service and Warranty
Information booklet, have an authorized
i This Operator's Manual describes all models Mercedes-Benz Center arrange for a replace-
and all standard and optional equipment of ment. The new Service and Warranty Infor-
your vehicle available at the time of going to mation booklet will be posted to you.
print. Country-specific differences are possi-
ble. Bear in mind that your vehicle may not
feature all functions described here. This also
applies to safety-relevant systems and func- Information for customers in Califor-
tions. The equipment in your vehicle may nia
therefore differ from that shown in the Under California law you may be entitled to a
descriptions and illustrations. replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the
The original purchase contract documentation purchase price or lease price, if after a reason-
for your vehicle contains a list of all the systems able number of repair attempts Mercedes-Benz
in your vehicle. USA, LLC and/or its authorized repair or service
Should you have any questions concerning facilities fail to fix one or more substantial
equipment and operation, please consult an defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are
authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. covered by its express warranty.
The Operator's Manual and Maintenance Book- During the period of 18 months from original
let are important documents and should be kept delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of
in the vehicle. 18,000 miles (approximately 29,000 km) on the
odometer of the vehicle, whichever occurs first,
a reasonable number of repair attempts is pre-
sumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more
of the following occurs:
(1) the same substantial defect or malfunction
results in a condition that is likely to cause
Service and vehicle operation 29

death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is Change of address or change of own-
driven, that defect or malfunction has been ership
subject to repair two or more times, and you
have directly notified Mercedes-Benz USA, In the event of a change of address, please send

Introduction
LLC in writing of the need for its repair. us the "Notification of Address Change" in the
(2) the same substantial defect or malfunction Service and Warranty Booklet or simply call the
of a less serious nature than category (1) Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center
has been subject to repair four or more (USA) at the hotline number
times and you have directly notified 1-800 FOR-MERCEDES (1-800-367-6372) or
Mercedes-Benz in writing of the need for its Customer Service Center (Canada) at
repair. 1-800-387-0100. This will assist us in contact-
(3) the vehicle is out of service by reason of ing you in a timely manner should the need arise.
repair of the same or different substantial If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all liter-
defects or malfunctions for a cumulative ature in the vehicle so that it is available to the
total of more than 30 calendar days. next owner.
Please send your written notice to: If you have purchased a used car, please send us
the "Notification of Used Car Purchase" in the
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC Service and Warranty Booklet or simply call the
Customer Assistance Center Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center
One Mercedes Drive (USA) at the hotline number
Montvale, NJ 07645-0350 1-800 FOR-MERCEDES (1-800-367-6372) or
Customer Service (Canada) at 1-800-387-0100.

Maintenance
Vehicle operation outside the USA
USA only: and Canada
Always have the Service and Warranty Booklet
with you when you bring the vehicle to an When you are abroad with your vehicle, observe
authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The service the following points:
advisor will record every service for you in the RService facilities or replacement parts may
Service and Warranty Booklet. not be readily available.
Canada only: RLead-free fuel for vehicles with a catalytic
Have every service in a qualified specialist work- converter may not be available. Leaded fuel
shop confirmed in the service report. can cause damage to the catalytic converter.
RThe fuel may have a considerably lower
octane number. Unsuitable fuel can cause
Roadside Assistance engine damage.
Some Mercedes-Benz models are available for
The Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Pro- delivery in Europe through our European Deliv-
gram offers technical help in the event of a ery Program. For details, consult an authorized
breakdown. Calls to the toll-free Roadside Assis- Mercedes-Benz Center or write to one of the
tance Hotline are answered by our agents 24 following addresses.
hours a day, 365 days a year.
In the USA
1-800 FOR-MERCEDES (1-800-367-6372)
(USA) Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC
1-800-387-0100 (Canada) European Delivery Department
For additional information, refer to the One Mercedes Drive
Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program Montvale, NJ 07645-0350
brochure (USA) or the "Roadside Assistance" In Canada
section in the Service and Warranty Booklet Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.
(Canada). You will find both in the vehicle docu- European Delivery Department
ment wallet.
98 Vanderhoof Avenue
Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9
Z
30 Operating safety

Sports Utility Vehicle G WARNING


Modifications to electronic components, their
G WARNING
software as well as wiring can impair their
Introduction

Due to the high center of gravity, the vehicle function and/or the function of other net-
may start to skid and roll over in the event of worked components. In particular, systems
an abrupt steering maneuver and/or when relevant to safety could also be affected. As a
the vehicle's speed is not adapted to the road result, these may no longer function as inten-
conditions. There is a risk of an accident. ded and/or jeopardize the operating safety of
Always adapt your speed and driving style to the vehicle. There is an increased risk of an
the vehicle's driving characteristics and to the accident and injury.
prevailing road and weather conditions. Never tamper with the wiring as well as elec-
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher roll- tronic components or their software. You
over rate than other types of vehicles. should have all work to electrical and elec-
Failure to operate this vehicle safely may result tronic equipment carried out at a qualified
in an accident, rollover of the vehicle, and severe specialist workshop.
or fatal injury.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is signif- ! There is a risk of damage to the vehicle if:
icantly more likely to die than a person wearing Rthe vehicle becomes stuck, e.g. on a high
a seat belt. curb or an unpaved road
You and all vehicle occupants should always Ryou drive too fast over an obstacle, e.g. a
wear your seat belts. curb, a speed bump or a pothole in the road
Ra heavy object strikes the underbody or
parts of the chassis
Operating safety In situations like this, the body, the under-
body, chassis parts, wheels or tires could be
Important safety notes damaged without the damage being visible.
Components damaged in this way can unex-
G WARNING pectedly fail or, in the case of an accident, no
If you do not have the prescribed service/ longer withstand the loads they are designed
maintenance work or any required repairs to.
carried out, this can result in malfunctions or If the underbody paneling is damaged, com-
system failures. There is a risk of an accident. bustible materials such as leaves, grass or
twigs can gather between the underbody and
Always have the prescribed service/mainte- the underbody paneling. If these materials
nance work as well as any required repairs come in contact with hot parts of the exhaust
carried out at a qualified specialist workshop. system, they can catch fire.
In such situations, have the vehicle checked
G WARNING and repaired immediately at a qualified spe-
Flammable material such as leaves, grass or cialist workshop. If on continuing your jour-
ney you notice that driving safety is impaired,
twigs may ignite if they come into contact with pull over and stop the vehicle immediately,
hot parts of the exhaust system. There is a risk paying attention to road and traffic condi-
of fire. tions. In such cases, consult a qualified spe-
When driving off road or on unpaved roads, cialist workshop.
check the vehicle's underside regularly. In
particular, remove parts of plants or other
flammable materials which have become Declarations of conformity
trapped. In the case of damage, contact a USA: "The wireless devices of this vehicle com-
qualified specialist workshop. ply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
subject to the two following two conditions: 1)
Operating safety 31

These devices may not cause harmful interfer- mation being reset, for example. This may lead
ence, and 2) These devices must accept any to the vehicle failing to meet the requirements of
interference received, including interference the next emissions test during the main inspec-
that may cause undesired operation. Changes tion.

Introduction
or modifications not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance could void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment." Qualified specialist workshop
Canada: "The wireless devices of this vehicle
comply with Industry Canada license-exempt An authorized Mercedes-Benz Center is a quali-
RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the fol- fied specialist workshop. It has the necessary
lowing two conditions: (1) These devices may specialist knowledge, tools and qualifications to
not cause interference, and (2) These devices correctly carry out the work required on your
must accept any interference, including inter- vehicle. This is especially the case for work rel-
ference that may cause undesired operation of evant to safety.
the device." Always have the following work carried out at an
authorized Mercedes-Benz Center:
Rwork relevant to safety
Diagnostics connection Rservice and maintenance work

The diagnostics connection is only intended for Rrepair work


the connection of diagnostic equipment at a Ralterations, installation work and modifica-
qualified specialist workshop. tions
Rwork on electronic components
G WARNING
If you connect equipment to a diagnostics
connection in the vehicle, it may affect the Correct use
operation of vehicle systems. As a result, the
operating safety of the vehicle could be affec- If you remove any warning stickers, you or oth-
ers could fail to recognize certain dangers.
ted. There is a risk of an accident.
Leave warning stickers in position.
Only connect equipment to a diagnostics con- Observe the following information when driving
nection in the vehicle, which is approved for your vehicle:
your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz. Rthe safety notes in this manual
Rthe vehicle technical data
G WARNING Rtraffic rules and regulations
Objects in the driver's footwell can restrict the Rlaws and safety standards pertaining to motor
pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal. vehicles
The operating and road safety of the vehicle is
jeopardized. There is a risk of an accident.
Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are Problems with your vehicle
stowed correctly, and that they cannot enter If you should experience a problem with your
the driver's footwell. Install the floormats vehicle, particularly one that you believe may
securely and as specified in order to ensure affect its safe operation, we urge you to contact
sufficient clearance for the pedals. Do not use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immedi-
loose floormats and do not place floormats on ately to have the problem diagnosed and recti-
top of one another. fied. If the problem is not resolved to your sat-
isfaction, please discuss the problem again with
the Mercedes-Benz Center or, if necessary, con-
! If the engine is switched off and equipment tact us at one of the following addresses.
on the diagnostics connection is used, the
starter battery may discharge. In the USA
Customer Assistance Center
Connecting equipment to the diagnostics con-
nection can lead to emissions monitoring infor- Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC

Z
32 Data stored in the vehicle

3 Mercedes Drive QR codes for the rescue card


Montvale, NJ 07645-0350
In Canada The QR codes are secured in the fuel filler flap
Introduction

Customer Relations Department and on the opposite side on the B-pillar. In the
Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. event of an accident, rescue services can use
the QR code to quickly find the appropriate res-
98 Vanderhoof Avenue
cue card for your vehicle. The current rescue
Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9 card contains the most important information
about your vehicle in a compact form, e.g. the
routing of the electric cables.
Reporting safety defects You can find more information at
www.mercedes-benz.de/qr-code.
USA only:
The following text is reproduced as required of
all manufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S.
Federal Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the Data stored in the vehicle
National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of
1966. Information from electronic control
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
units
which could cause a crash or could cause injury There are electronic control units installed in
or death, you should immediately inform the your vehicle. Some of these are necessary for
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration your vehicle to operate safely, while some offer
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mercedes-Benz support during driving (driver assistance sys-
USA, LLC. tems). In addition, your vehicle offers comfort
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may and entertainment functions that are also made
open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety possible by electronic control units.
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order Electronic control units contain data storage
a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA systems that can temporarily or permanently
cannot become involved in individual problems save technical information concerning the vehi-
between you, your dealer, or Mercedes-Benz cle's condition, component stress and mainte-
USA, LLC. nance requirements as well as technical events
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle and malfunctions.
Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 This information generally documents the con-
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// dition of a component, a module, a system or the
www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, surroundings, for example:
NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, Roperating states of system components (e.g.
DC 20590. fill levels, battery status, tire pressure)
You can also obtain other information about Rstatus messages concerning the vehicle or its
motor vehicle safety from individual components (e.g. wheel rpm/
http://www.safercar.gov speed, deceleration, lateral acceleration, indi-
cation of whether seat belts are fastened)
Rmalfunctions and defects in important system
Limited Warranty components (e.g. lights, brakes)
Rinformation about events leading to vehicle
! Observe the notes in this Operator's Manual
regarding the correct operation of your vehi- damage
cle and possible damage to the vehicle. Dam- Rsystem responses in special driving situations
age to the vehicle which is caused by violation (e.g. air bag deployment, intervention of sta-
of these notes is not covered by the bility control systems)
Mercedes-Benz implied warranty or the new Rambient conditions (e.g. temperature, rain
or used-vehicle warranty. sensor)
In addition to performing the actual control unit
function, these data are used by manufacturers
Data stored in the vehicle 33

to detect and rectify malfunctions and to opti- If your vehicle is equipped appropriately, you
mize vehicle functions. Most of these data are can connect your smartphone or another mobile
volatile and processed only in the vehicle itself. end device to the vehicle. You can control this by
Only a small part of the data is stored in event or means of the control elements integrated in the

Introduction
malfunction memories. vehicle. The smartphone's picture and sound
When you use services, the technical data from can be output via the multimedia system. Spe-
the vehicle can be read out by service network cific items of information are also sent to your
employees or third parties. Services can include smartphone.
repair services, maintenance processes, war- Depending on the type of integration, this can
ranty cases and quality assurance measures. include:
The data is read out via the legally prescribed Rgeneral vehicle information
diagnostics connection in the vehicle. The rele-
Rposition data
vant offices in the service network or third par-
ties collect, process and use the data. These This allows the use of selected smartphone
data document the vehicle's technical states, apps, such as navigation or music player apps.
are used to help in finding malfunctions and There is no additional interaction between the
improving quality and are sent to the manufac- smartphone and the vehicle, particularly active
turer where necessary. In addition, the manu- access to vehicle data. The type of additional
facturer is subject to product liability. The man- data processing is determined by the provider of
ufacturer needs technical data from vehicles for the app being used. Whether you can configure
this purpose. settings for it and, if so, which ones, depends on
Malfunction memories in the vehicle can be the app and your smartphone's operating sys-
reset by a service center during repair or service tem.
work.
You can incorporate data into the vehicle's com-
fort and infotainment functions yourself as part Service provider
of the selected equipment.
Wireless network connection
These include, for example:
Rmultimedia data such as music, films or pho- If your vehicle has a wireless network connec-
tos for playback in an integrated multimedia tion, data can be exchanged between your vehi-
system cle and other systems. The wireless network
Raddress book data for use in conjunction with
connection is made possible by the vehicle's
an integrated hands-free system or an inte- own transmitter and receiver or by mobile devi-
grated navigation system ces that you have brought into the vehicle (e.g.
smartphones). Online functions can be used via
Rnavigation destinations that have been
this wireless network connection. These include
entered online services and applications/Apps provided
Rdata about using Internet services by the manufacturer or other providers.
These data can be saved locally in the vehicle or
are located on a device that you have connected Services provided by the manufacturer
to the vehicle. If this data is saved in the vehicle,
you can delete it at any time. These data are sent In the case of the manufacturer's online serv-
to third parties only at your request, particularly ices, the manufacturer describes the functions
when you use online services in accordance with in a suitable place and the associated informa-
the settings that you have selected. tion subject to data protection legislation. Per-
You can save and change comfort settings/ sonal data can be used in order to provide online
customizations in the vehicle at any time. services. The data exchange for this takes place
via a secure connection, e.g. with the manufac-
Depending on the piece of equipment in ques-
turer's IT systems intended for the purpose. Col-
tion, these can include, for example:
lecting, processing and using personal data
Rseat and steering wheel position settings beyond the provision of services is permitted
Rsuspension and climate control settings only on the basis of a statutory permit or decla-
Rcustom settings such as interior lighting ration of consent.

Z
34 Data stored in the vehicle

You can usually activate and deactivate the serv- The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record
ices and functions (some of which are subject to such data as:
charge). In many cases, this also applies to the RHow various systems in your vehicle were
vehicle's entire data connection. However, this
Introduction

operating
does not apply in particular to legally prescribed
RWhether or not the driver and passenger
functions and services such as the "eCall" emer-
gency call system. safety belts were buckled/fastened
RHow far (if at all) the driver was depressing the

Services from third parties accelerator and/or brake pedal and


RHow fast the vehicle was traveling
If it is possible to use online services from other These data can help provide a better under-
providers, these services are the responsibility standing of the circumstances in which crashes
of the provider in question and subject to that and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recor-
provider's data protection conditions and terms ded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
of use. The manufacturer has no influence over situation occurs; no data are recorded by the
the content exchanged here. EDR under normal driving conditions and no
For this reason, please ask the service provider personal data (e.g. name, gender, age and crash
for information about the type, extent and pur- location) are recorded. However, other parties,
pose of the collection and use of personal data such as law enforcement could combine the
when services are provided by third parties. EDR data with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash investi-
gation.
COMAND/mbrace Access to the vehicle and/or the EDR is needed
to read data that is recorded by an EDR, and
If the vehicle is equipped with COMAND or special equipment is required. In addition to the
mbrace, additional data about the vehicle's vehicle manufacturer, other parties that have
operation, the use of the vehicle in certain sit- the special equipment, such as law enforce-
uations, and the location of the vehicle may be ment, can read the information by accessing the
compiled through COMAND or the mbrace sys- vehicle or the EDR.
tem.
EDR data may be used in civil and criminal mat-
For additional information please refer to the ters as a tool in accident reconstruction, acci-
COMAND User Manual or the Digital Operator's dent claims and vehicle safety. Since the Crash
Manual and/or the mbrace Terms and Condi- Data Retrieval CDR tool that is used to extract
tions. data from the EDR is commercially available,
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC ("MBUSA") expressly
disclaims any and all liability arising from the
Event data recorders extraction of this information by unauthorized
Mercedes-Benz personnel.
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
MBUSA will not share EDR data with others
recorder (EDR). This vehicle is equipped with an
without the consent of the vehicle owners or, if
event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of
the vehicle is leased, without the consent of the
an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
lessee. Exceptions to this representation
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deploy-
include responses to subpoenas by law enforce-
ment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will
ment; by federal, state or local government; in
assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems
connection with or arising out of litigation involv-
performed. The EDR is designed to record data
ing MBUSA or its subsidiaries and affiliates; or,
relating to vehicle dynamics and safety systems
as required by law.
for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds
or less. Warning: The EDR is a component of the
Restraint System Module. Tampering with, alter-
ing, modifying or removing the EDR component
may result in a malfunction of the Restraint Sys-
tem Module and other systems.
State laws or regulations regarding EDRs that
conflict with federal regulation are pre-empted.
Information on copyright 35

This means that in the event of such conflict, the


federal regulation governs. As of February 2013,
13 states have enacted laws relating to EDRs.

Introduction
Information on copyright
Free and open-source software
Information on license for free and open-source
software used in your vehicle can be found on
the data carrier in your vehicle document wallet
and, including updates, on the following web-
site:
http://www.mercedes-benz.com/
opensource

Z
36 Cockpit

Cockpit
At a glance

Function Page Function Page


: Steering wheel paddle shifter 152 F Adjusts the steering wheel
manually 108
; Combination switch 116
G Adjusts the steering wheel
= Instrument cluster 37 electrically 108
? Horn Steering wheel heating 109
A DIRECT SELECT lever 148 H Cruise control lever 175
B Parking Assist PARKTRONIC I Opens the hood 325
warning display 194
J Diagnostics connection 31
C Overhead control panel 42
K Electric parking brake 162
D Climate control systems 125
L Light switch 115
E Ignition lock 140
Start/Stop button 140
Instrument cluster 37

Instrument cluster

At a glance
Function Page Function Page
: Speedometer with segments 233 ? Tachometer 233
Warning and indicator lamps: Warning and indicator lamps:
å ESP® OFF 284 R Rear fog lamp 116
! ABS 282 ; Check Engine 288
Brakes 281 h Tire pressure monitor 291
$ (USA only) 6 Restraint system 45
J (Canada only) ü Seat belts 280
L Low-beam headlamps 116 % Diesel engine: preglow 142
T Parking lamps 116 A Coolant temperature gauge 234
÷ ESP® 284 Warning and indicator lamps:
K High-beam headlamps 116 ? Coolant 288
Electric parking brake (red) 287
F (USA only) B Fuel level indicator
! (Canada only) Warning and indicator lamps:
! Electric parking brake 8 Reserve fuel with fuel
(yellow) 287 filler flap location indicator
(right-hand side) 288
· Distance warning 290
C Instrument cluster lighting 233
; #! Turn signals 116
= Multifunction display 235

i Information on displaying the outside tem- found under "Outside temperature display"
perature in the multifunction display can be (Y page 233).
38 Multifunction steering wheel

Multifunction steering wheel


At a glance

Function Page Function Page


: Multifunction display 235 ? =;
; Multimedia system display Selects a menu 234
9:
= ? Selects a submenu or scrolls
Switches on voice-operated through lists 234
navigation or the Voice Con- a
trol System
Confirms a selection 234
8
Hides display messages 248
Mute
%
WX
Back 234
Adjusts the volume
Switches off voice-operated
~ navigation or the Voice Con-
Rejects or ends a call 240 trol System
Exits phone book/redial
memory
6
Makes or accepts a call
Switches to the redial mem-
ory

i In vehicles with multimedia system i In vehicles with multimedia system Audio 20


COMAND you can find further information: you can find further information:
Ron the multimedia system in the Digital Ron the multimedia system in the Digital
Operator's Manual Operator's Manual
Ron the DVD changer or single DVD drive in Ron the voice-operated control of the navi-
the Digital Operator's Manual gation in the manufacturer's operating
Ron the Voice Control System in the sepa- instructions
rate operating instructions
Center console 39

Center console
Center console, upper section

At a glance
Function Page Function Page
: Multimedia system; see the B £ Hazard warning lamps 117
Digital Operator's Manual
C PASSENGER AIRBAG indica-
; c Seat heating 106 tor lamps 45
= s Seat ventilation 107 Anti-theft alarm system indi-
cator lamp 75
? c Parking Assist
D å ESP® 70
PARKTRONIC 192
A è ECO start/stop func-
tion 144
40 Center console

Center console, lower section


At a glance

i Vehicles with the Off-Road Engineering Function Page


package
L Touchpad; see Digital Opera-
Function Page tor's Manual
F Stowage compartment 302 M % Back button (see the
Cup holder 308 Digital Operator's Manual)
Ashtray 311 N Multimedia system control-
Cigarette lighter 312 ler; see Digital Operator's
Socket 312 Manual
G Selector wheel for level con- O g Switches to the favor-
trol 184 ites button (see the Digital
Operator's Manual)
H Ã DSR (Downhill Speed
Regulation) 218 P Switches to the vehicle set-
tings display (see the Digital
I r Manual gearshifting Operator's Manual)
(permanent setting) 152
Q + LOW RANGE off-road
J DYNAMIC SELECT controller 147 gear 221
K Stowage compartment with
Media Interface 301
Center console 41

At a glance
i Vehicles with the AIRMATIC package and Function Page
Mercedes-AMG vehicles
L % Back button (see the
Function Page Digital Operator's Manual)
F Stowage compartment 302 M Multimedia system control-
Cup holder 308 ler; see Digital Operator's
Ashtray 311 Manual
Cigarette lighter 312 N g Switches to the favor-
Socket 312 ites button (see the Digital
Operator's Manual)
G Ã DSR (Downhill Speed
Regulation) 218 O Switches to the vehicle set-
tings display (see the Digital
H r Manual gearshifting Operator's Manual)
(permanent setting) 152
AMG adaptive sport suspen-
I DYNAMIC SELECT controller 147 sion system (Mercedes-AMG
vehicles) 191
J Stowage compartment with
Media Interface 301 P Á Level control 190
K Touchpad; see Digital Opera-
tor's Manual
42 Overhead control panel

Overhead control panel


At a glance

Function Page Function Page


: p Switches the left-hand C Eyeglasses compartment 302
reading lamp on/off 119
D F Breakdown assistance
; c Switches the front inte- call button (mbrace system) 316
rior lighting on 119
E G SOS button (mbrace
= u Switches the rear inte- system) 315
rior lighting on or off 119
F ï Info call button
? | Switches the front inte- (mbrace system) 317
rior lighting/automatic inte-
rior lighting control off 120 G Rear-view mirror 110

A p Switches the right- H Buttons for the garage door


hand reading lamp on/off 119 opener 323

B 3 Opens/closes the pan- I Microphone for mbrace


orama roof with power tilt/ (emergency call system),
sliding panel and roller sun- telephone and the Voice
blinds 94 Control System1

1 The Voice Control System is only available in combination with COMAND. Please observe the separate oper-
ating instructions.
Door control panel 43

Door control panel

At a glance
Function Page Function Page
: Opens the door 83 B W Opens/closes the side
windows 89
; % & Unlocks/locks
the vehicle 83 C ± Opens/closes the
hinged power side windows 89
= r45=
Stores settings for the seat, D p Opens/closes the tail-
exterior mirrors and steering gate 87
column (memory function) 113
E n Activates/deactivates
? Adjusts the seats 97 the override feature for the
side windows in the rear
A 7Zö\ compartment 65
Adjusts and folds the exterior
mirrors in/out electrically 110
44 Occupant safety

Panic alarm As the driver, you also have to make sure that
the steering wheel is adjusted correctly.
Observe the information relating to the correct
driver's seat position (Y page 97).
You also have to make sure that an air bag can
inflate properly if deployed (Y page 49).
An air bag supplements a correctly worn seat
belt. As an additional safety device, the air bag
increases the level of protection for vehicle
Safety

occupants in the event of an accident. For exam-


ple, if, in the event of an accident, the protection
offered by the seat belt is sufficient, the air bags
are not deployed. When an accident occurs, only
the air bags that increase protection in that par-
ticular accident situation are deployed. How-
X To activate: press ! button : for at ever, seat belts and air bags generally do not
least one second. protect against objects penetrating the vehicle
A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the from the outside.
alarm system is armed. Information on restraint system operation can
X To deactivate: press ! button : again. be found under "Triggering of the Emergency
or Tensioning Devices and air bags" (Y page 56).
X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock. See "Children in the vehicle" for information on
or children traveling with you in the vehicle as well
X Press the KEYLESS-GO Start/Stop button.
as on child restraint systems (Y page 59).
The KEYLESS-GO key must be in the vehicle.
Important safety notes
Occupant safety G WARNING
Introduction to the restraint system Modifications to the restraint system may
cause it to no longer work as intended. The
The restraint system can reduce the risk of vehi- restraint system may then not perform its
cle occupants coming into contact with parts of intended protective function and may fail in an
the vehicle's interior in the event of an accident.
accident or trigger unexpectedly, for example.
The restraint system can also reduce the forces
to which vehicle occupants are subjected during This poses an increased risk of injury or even
an accident. fatal injury.
The restraint system comprises: Never modify parts of the restraint system.
RSeat belt system Never tamper with the wiring, the electronic
RAir bags components or their software.
RChild restraint system
If it is necessary to modify components of the
RChild seat securing systems restraint system to accommodate a person with
The components of the restraint system work in disabilities, contact an authorized Mercedes-
conjunction with each other. They can only Benz Center for details. USA only: for further
deploy their protective function if, at all times, all information contact our Customer Assistance
vehicle occupants: Center at 1-800 FOR-MERCEDES
Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly (1‑800‑367‑6372).
(Y page 47) Mercedes-Benz recommends that you only use
Rhave the seat and head restraint adjusted driving aids which have been approved specifi-
properly (Y page 97) cally for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz.
Occupant safety 45

Restraint system warning lamp The indicator lamps display the status of the
front-passenger front air bag.
The functions of the restraint system are RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for 60 sec-
checked after the ignition is switched on and at
onds, subsequently both indicator lamps are
regular intervals while the engine is running.
off (PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF): the
Therefore, malfunctions can be detected in
front-passenger front air bag is able to deploy
good time.
in the event of an accident.
The 6 restraint system warning lamp on the RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up: the front-
instrument cluster lights up when the ignition is
passenger front air bag is deactivated. It will

Safety
switched on. It goes out no later than a few sec-
then not be deployed in the event of an acci-
onds after the vehicle is started. The compo-
dent.
nents of the restraint system are in operational
readiness. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is
off, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
A malfunction has occurred if the 6 restraint
lamp shows the status of the front-passenger
system warning lamp:
front air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
Rdoes not light up after the ignition is switched indicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off.
on Depending on the person in the front-passenger
Rdoes not go out after a few seconds with the seat, the front-passenger front air bag must
engine running either be deactivated or enabled; see the fol-
Rlights up again while the engine is running lowing points. You must make sure of this both
before and during a journey.
G WARNING
RChildren in a child restraint system:
If the restraint system is malfunctioning, whether the front-passenger front air bag is
restraint system components may be trig- enabled or deactivated depends on the instal-
gered unintentionally or may not deploy as led child restraint system, and the age and
intended during an accident. This can affect size of the child. Therefore, be sure to observe
for example the Emergency Tensioning the notes on the "Occupant Classification
System (OCS)" (Y page 51) and on "Chil-
Device or the air bag. This poses an increased dren in the vehicle" (Y page 59). There you
risk of injury or even fatal injury. will also find instructions on rearward and
Have the restraint system checked and forward-facing child restraint systems on the
repaired in a qualified specialist workshop as front-passenger seat.
soon as possible. RAll other persons: depending on the classi-
fication of the person in the front-passenger
seat, the front-passenger front air bag is ena-
bled or deactivated (Y page 51). Be sure to
PASSENGER AIR BAG indicator lamp observe the notes on "Seat
belts“ (Y page 45) and "Air bags"
(Y page 49). There you can also find infor-
mation on the correct seat position.

Seat belts
Introduction
Seat belts are the most effective means of
restricting the movement of vehicle occupants
in the event of an accident or the vehicle rolling
over. This reduces the risk of vehicle occupants
PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp : and coming into contact with parts of the vehicle
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp ; are interior or being ejected from the vehicle. Fur-
part of the Occupant Classification System thermore, the seat belt helps to keep the vehicle
(OCS).
Z
46 Occupant safety

occupant in the best position in relation to the G WARNING


air bag.
If the seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot
The seat belt system comprises:
perform its intended protective function. An
RSeat belts
incorrectly fastened seat belt can also cause
REmergency Tensioning Devices for the front injuries, for example, in the event of an acci-
seat belts and the outer seat belts in the sec- dent or when braking or changing direction
ond row of seats as well as the seat belts in
the third row abruptly. This poses an increased risk of injury
RSeat belt force limiters for the front seat belts
or even fatal injury.
Safety

and the outer seat belts in the second row of Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have
seats as well as the seat belts in the third row their seat belts fastened correctly and are sit-
If the seat belt is pulled out of the belt outlet ting properly.
quickly or with a jerky movement, the belt
retractor locks. The belt strap cannot be extrac- The components of the restraint system work in
ted any further. conjunction with each other. They can only
The Emergency Tensioning Device tightens the deploy their protective function if, at all times, all
seat belt in an accident, pulling the belt close vehicle occupants:
against the body. However it does not pull the Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly
vehicle occupant back in the direction of the (Y page 47)
backrest. Rhave the seat and head restraint adjusted
The Emergency Tensioning Device does not cor- properly (Y page 97)
rect an incorrect seat position or the routing of
an incorrectly fastened seat belt. G WARNING
When triggered, a seat belt force limiter helps to The seat belt does not offer the intended level
reduce the force exerted by the seat belt on the of protection if you have not moved the back-
vehicle occupant. rest to an almost vertical position. When brak-
The seat belt force limiters for the front seats are ing or in the event of an accident, you could
synchronized with the front air bags, which
absorb part of the deceleration force. This can slide underneath the seat belt and sustain
reduce the force exerted on the vehicle occu- abdomen or neck injuries, for example. This
pants during an accident. poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal
injury.
! If the front-passenger seat is not occupied,
do not engage the seat belt tongue in the Adjust the seat properly before beginning
buckle on the front-passenger seat. Other- your journey. Always ensure that the backrest
wise, in addition to other systems, the Emer- is in an almost vertical position and that the
gency Tensioning Device could also be trig- shoulder section of your seat belt is routed
gered in the event of an accident and would across the center of your shoulder.
need to be replaced.
G WARNING
Important safety notes
Persons less than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall cannot
The use of seat belts and child restraint systems wear the seat belt correctly without an addi-
is required by law in: tional and suitable restraint system. If the
Rall 50 states seat belt is not worn correctly, it cannot per-
Rthe U.S. territories form its intended protective function. An
Rthe District of Columbia incorrectly fastened seat belt can also cause
Rall Canadian provinces injuries, for example, in the event of an acci-
Even where this is not required by law, all vehicle dent or when braking or changing direction
occupants should correctly fasten their seat abruptly. This poses an increased risk of injury
belts before starting the journey. or even fatal injury.
Occupant safety 47

For this reason, always secure persons under Proper use of the seat belts
5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitable additional restraint Observe the safety notes on the seat belt
systems. (Y page 46).
All vehicle occupants must be wearing the seat
If a child younger than twelve years old and belt correctly before beginning the journey. Also
under 5 ft (1.50 m) in height is traveling in the make sure that all vehicle occupants are always
vehicle: wearing the seat belt correctly while the vehicle
Ralways secure the child in a child restraint is in motion.
system suitable for this Mercedes-Benz vehi-

Safety
When fastening the seat belt, always make sure
cle. The child restraint system must be appro- that:
priate to the age, weight and size of the child
Rthe seat belt buckle tongue is inserted only
Ralways observe the instructions and safety
into the belt buckle belonging to that seat
notes on "Children in the vehicle"
Rthe seat belt is pulled tight across your body
(Y page 59) in addition to the child restraint
system manufacturer's installation and oper- Avoid wearing bulky clothing, e.g. a winter
ating instructions coat.
Ralways observe the instructions and safety Rthe seat belt is not twisted
notes on the "Occupant classification system Only then can the forces which occur be dis-
(OCS)" (Y page 51) tributed over the area of the belt.
Rthe shoulder section of the belt is routed
G WARNING across the center of your shoulder
The seat belts may not perform their intended The shoulder section of the seat belt should
protective function if: not touch your neck or be routed under your
Rthey are damaged, modified, extremely arm or behind your back. Where possible,
adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height.
dirty, bleached or dyed
Rthe lap belt is taut and passes across your lap
Rthe seat belt buckle is damaged or as low down as possible
extremely dirty The lap belt must always be routed across
Rthe Emergency Tensioning Devices, belt your hip joints and not across your abdomen.
anchorages or inertia reels have been modi- This applies particularly to pregnant women.
fied. If necessary, push the lap belt down to your
hip joint and pull it tight using the shoulder
Seat belts may be damaged in an accident, section of the belt.
although the damage may not be visible, e.g. Rthe seat belt is not routed across sharp, poin-
due to splinters of glass. Modified or damaged ted or fragile objects
seat belts may tear or fail, e.g. in an accident. If you have such items located on or in your
Modified Emergency Tensioning Devices clothing, e.g. pens, keys or eyeglasses, store
could accidentally trigger or fail to deploy these in a suitable place.
when necessary. This poses an increased risk Ronly one person is using a seat belt
of injury or even fatal injury. Infants and children must never travel sitting
Never modify the seat belts, Emergency Ten- on the lap of a vehicle occupant. In the event
of an accident, they could be crushed
sioning Devices, belt anchorages and inertia
between the vehicle occupant and seat belt.
reels. Make sure that the seat belts are Robjects are never secured with a seat belt if
undamaged, not worn out and clean. Follow- the seat belt is also being used by one of the
ing an accident, have the seat belts checked vehicle's occupants
immediately at a qualified specialist work- Also ensure that there are never objects
shop. between a person and the seat, e.g. cushions.
Seat belts are only intended to secure and
Only use seat belts that have been approved for restrain vehicle occupants. Always observe the
your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz. "Loading guidelines" for securing objects, lug-
gage or loads (Y page 300).
Z
48 Occupant safety

Fastening and adjusting the seat belts Releasing seat belts


Observe the safety notes on the seat belt ! Make sure that the seat belt is fully rolled up.
(Y page 46) and the notes on correct use of seat Otherwise, the seat belt or belt tongue will be
belts (Y page 47). trapped in the door or in the seat mechanism.
This could damage the door, the door trim
panel and the seat belt. Damaged seat belts
can no longer fulfill their protective function
and must be replaced. Visit a qualified spe-
cialist workshop.
Safety

X Press the release button in the belt buckle,


hold the belt tongue firmly and guide the belt
back.

Seat belt adjustment


The belt adjustment is a convenience function
Basic illustration integrated into PRE-SAFE®. With this function,
X Adjust the seat (Y page 97). the driver's and front-passenger seat belts are
The seat backrest must be in an almost adjusted to the upper body of the vehicle occu-
upright position. pant.
X Pull the seat belt smoothly from the belt outlet The seat belt strap will slightly tighten if:
and engage belt tongue ; into belt Rthe belt tongue is inserted into the buckle and
buckle :. Rthe ignition is switched on
The seat belt on the driver’s seat and the
The seat belt adjustment will apply a certain
front-passenger seat may be tightened auto-
tightening force if any slack is detected between
matically, see "Belt adjustment"
the vehicle occupant and the seat belt. Do not
(Y page 48).
grab hold of the seat belt.
X If necessary, pull up on the shoulder section
The belt adjustment can be switched on and off
of the seat belt to tighten the belt across your
using the on-board computer (Y page 244).
body.
The shoulder section of the seat belt must Belt warning for the driver and front
always be routed across the center of the shoul- passenger
der. Adjust the belt outlet if necessary.
X To raise: slide the belt outlet up. The 7 seat belt warning lamp in the instru-
The belt outlet will engage in various posi- ment cluster is a reminder that all vehicle occu-
tions. pants must wear their seat belts. It may light up
continuously or flash. In addition, there may be
X To lower: hold belt outlet release = and slide
a warning tone.
the belt outlet down.
Regardless of whether the driver's seat belt has
X Let go of belt outlet release = in the desired
already been fastened, the 7 seat belt warn-
position and make sure that the belt outlet ing lamp lights up for six seconds each time the
engages. engine is started. If the front doors are closed
All seat belts except the driver's seat belt are and the driver's or front-passenger seat belt has
equipped with a special seat belt retractor to not been fastened, the 7 seat belt warning
securely fasten child restraint systems in the lamp lights up again after the six seconds. As
vehicle. Further information can be found under soon as the driver's and front-passenger seat
"Special seat belt retractor" (Y page 60). belts are fastened or a front door is opened
again, the 7 seat belt warning lamp goes out.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened after the
engine is started, an additional warning tone will
sound. The warning tone switches off after six
Occupant safety 49

seconds or once the driver's seat belt is fas- Always make sure that there are no objects
tened. between the air bag and the vehicle's occu-
If the vehicle's speed exceeds 15 mph pants.
(25 km/h) once and the driver's and front-
passenger seat belts are not fastened, a warning RAdjust the seats properly before beginning
tone sounds. A warning tone also sounds with your journey. Always make sure that the seat
increasing intensity for 60 seconds or until the is in an almost upright position. The center of
driver or front passenger have fastened their the head restraint must support the head at
seat belts. about eye level.

Safety
If the driver or front passenger unfasten their RMove the driver's and front-passenger seats
seat belts during the journey, the seat belt warn- as far back as possible. The driver's seat posi-
ing is activated again. tion must allow the vehicle to be driven safely.
ROnly hold the steering wheel on the outside.
This allows the air bag to be fully deployed.
Air bags RAlways lean against the backrest while driv-

Introduction ing. Do not lean forward or lean against the


door or side window. You may otherwise be in
The installation point of an air bag can be rec- the deployment area of the air bags.
ognized by the AIRBAG marking. RAlways keep your feet in the footwell in front
An air bag complements the correctly fastened of the seat. Do not put your feet on the dash-
seat belt. It is no substitute for the seat belt. The board, for example. Your feet may otherwise
air bag provides additional protection in appli- be in the deployment area of the air bag.
cable accident situations. RFor this reason, always secure persons less
Not all air bags are deployed in an accident. The than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitable restraint sys-
different air bag systems function independ- tems. Up to this height, the seat belt cannot
ently from one another (Y page 56). be worn correctly.
However, no system available today can com- If a child is traveling in your vehicle, also
pletely eliminate injuries and fatalities. observe the following notes:
It is also not possible to rule out a risk of injury RAlways secure children under twelve years of
caused by an air bag due to the high speed at age and less than 5 ft (1.50 m) tall in suitable
which the air bag must be deployed. child restraint systems.
RChild restraint systems should be installed on
Important safety notes the rear seats.
ROnly secure a child in a rearward-facing child
G WARNING restraint system on the front-passenger seat
If you do not sit in the correct seat position, when the front-passenger front air bag is
the air bag cannot protect as intended and deactivated. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
indicator lamp is permanently lit, the front-
could even cause additional injury when
passenger front air bag is deactivated
deployed. This poses an increased risk of (Y page 45).
injury or even fatal injury. RAlways observe the instructions and safety
To avoid hazardous situations, always make notes on the "Occupant Classification System
sure that all of the vehicle's occupants: (OCS)" (Y page 51) and on "Children in the
vehicle" (Y page 59) in addition to the child
Rhave fastened their seat belts correctly, restraint system manufacturer's installation
including pregnant women and operating instructions.
Rare sitting correctly and maintain the great-
est possible distance to the air bags
Rfollow the following instructions

Z
50 Occupant safety

Objects in the vehicle interior may prevent the front-passenger side may be triggered
an air bag from functioning correctly. Before and have to be replaced.
starting your journey and to avoid risks resulting
from the speed of the air bag as it deploys, make
sure that:
Rthere are no people, animals or objects
between the vehicle occupants and an air bag
Rthere are no objects between the seat, door
and B-pillar
Safety

Rthere are no hard objects, e.g. coat hangers,


hanging on the grab handles or coat hooks
Rno accessories, such as cup holders, are
attached to the vehicle within the deployment
area of an air bag, e.g. to doors, side windows,
rear side trim or side walls Driver's air bag : deploys in front of the steer-
Rno heavy, sharp-edged or fragile objects are in ing wheel. Front-passenger front air bag ;
the pockets of your clothing. Store such deploys in front of and above the glove box.
objects in a suitable place When deployed, the front air bags offer addi-
tional head and thorax protection for the occu-
G WARNING pants in the front seats.
If you modify the air bag cover or affix objects The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
such as stickers to it, the air bag can no longer informs you about the status of the front-
function correctly. There is an increased risk passenger front air bag (Y page 45).
of injury. The front-passenger front air bag will only
deploy if:
Never modify an air bag cover or affix objects
to it. Rthe system, based on the OCS weight sensor
readings, detects that the front-passenger
seat is occupied (Y page 51). The
G WARNING PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is
Sensors to control the air bags are located in not lit (Y page 52)
the doors. Modifications or work not per- Rthe restraint system control unit predicts a
formed correctly to the doors or door panel- high accident severity
ing, as well as damaged doors, can lead to the
function of the sensors being impaired. The air Driver's knee bag
bags might therefore not function properly
anymore. Consequently, the air bags cannot
protect vehicle occupants as they are
designed to do. There is an increased risk of
injury.
Never modify the doors or parts of the doors.
Always have work on the doors or door pan-
eling carried out at a qualified specialist work-
shop.

Front air bags


Driver's knee bag : deploys under the steering
! Do not place heavy objects on the front- column. The driver's knee bag is deployed
passenger seat. This could cause the system together with the front air bag.
to identify the seat as being occupied. In the
event of an accident, the restraint systems on
Occupant safety 51

The driver's knee bag offers additional thigh, If the belt tongue is engaged in the belt buckle,
knee and lower leg protection for the occupant the side impact air bag on the front-passenger
in the driver's seat. side deploys if an appropriate accident situation
occurs. In this case, deployment is independent
Side impact air bags of whether the front-passenger seat is occupied
or not.
G WARNING
Unsuitable seat covers can obstruct or pre- Window curtain air bags
vent deployment of the air bags integrated

Safety
into the seats. Consequently, the air bags
cannot protect vehicle occupants as they are
designed to do. In addition, the operation of
the occupant classification system (OCS)
could be adversely affected. This poses an
increased risk of injury or even fatal injury.
You should only use seat covers that have
been approved for the respective seat by
Mercedes-Benz.

Window curtain air bags : are integrated into


the side of the roof frame and deploy in the area
extending from the front door (A-pillar) to the
rear side window (D-pillar).
When deployed, the window curtain air bag
enhances the level of protection for the head.
However, it does not protect the chest or arms.
If the restraint system control unit detects a side
impact, the window curtain air bag is deployed
on the side on which the impact occurs.
If the system determines that they can offer
additional protection to that provided by the
Front side impact air bags : and second row seat belt, a window curtain air bag may be
rear side impact air bags ; deploy next to the deployed in other accident situations
outer bolster of the seat backrest. (Y page 56).
When deployed, the side impact air bag offers
additional thorax protection. It also offers addi-
tional pelvis protection for occupants in the Occupant Classification System
front seats. However, it does not protect the: (OCS)
RHead
RNeck Introduction
RArms The Occupant Classification System (OCS) cat-
If the restraint system control unit detects a side egorizes the person in the front-passenger seat.
impact, the side impact air bag is deployed on Depending on that result, the front-passenger
the side on which the impact occurs. front air bag is either enabled or deactivated.
The side impact air bag on the front-passenger The system does not deactivate:
side deploys under the following conditions: Rthe side impact air bag
Rthe OCS system detects that the front- Rthe window curtain air bag
passenger seat is occupied or Rthe Emergency Tensioning Devices
Rthe seat belt buckle tongue is engaged in the
belt buckle of the front-passenger seat

Z
52 Occupant safety

In the following situation, the side impact air bag Occupant Classification System opera-
and the Emergency Tensioning Device are deac- tion (OCS)
tivated:
ROCS has not categorized the person on the
front-passenger seat as an adult or a person
of corresponding stature and
Rthe seat belt buckle tongue of the seat belt is
not inserted into the front-passenger seat belt
buckle
Safety

Requirements
To be classified correctly, the front passenger
must sit:
Rwith the seat belt fastened correctly : PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp
Rin an almost upright position with their back ; PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
against the seat backrest
The indicator lamps inform you whether the
Rwith their feet resting on the floor, if possible
front-passenger front air bag is deactivated or
If the front passenger does not observe these enabled.
conditions, OCS may produce a false classifica-
X Press the Start/Stop button once or twice, or
tion, e.g. because the front passenger:
turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
Rtransfers their weight by supporting them- ignition lock.
selves on a vehicle armrest The system carries out self-diagnostics.
Rsits in such a way that their weight is raised
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and PASSENGER
from the seat cushion AIR BAG ON indicator lamps must light up simul-
If it is absolutely necessary to install a child taneously for approximately six seconds.
restraint system on the front-passenger seat, be The indicator lamps display the status of the
sure to observe the correct positioning of the front-passenger front air bag.
child restraint system. Never place objects
under or behind the child restraint system, e.g. a RPASSENGER AIR BAG ON lights up for 60 sec-
cushion. The entire base of the child restraint onds, subsequently both indicator lamps are
system must always rest on the seat cushion of off (PASSENGER AIR BAG ON and OFF): the
the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the front-passenger front air bag is able to deploy
forward-facing child restraint system must lie as in the event of an accident.
flat as possible against the backrest of the front- RPASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lights up: the front-
passenger seat. passenger front air bag is deactivated. It will
The child restraint system must not touch the then not be deployed in the event of an acci-
roof or be subjected to a load by the head dent.
restraint. Adjust the angle of the seat backrest If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is
and the head restraint position accordingly. off, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
Only then can OCS be guaranteed to function lamp shows the status of the front-passenger
correctly. Always observe the child restraint sys- front air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
tem manufacturer's installation and operating indicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off.
instructions. If the status of the front-passenger front air bag
changes while the vehicle is in motion, an air bag
display message appears in the instrument clus-
ter (Y page 258). When the front-passenger
seat is occupied, always pay attention to the
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp. Be
aware of the status of the front-passenger front
air bag both before and during the journey.
Occupant safety 53

G WARNING G WARNING
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator If you secure a child in a forward-facing child
lamp is lit, the front-passenger front air bag is restraint system on the front-passenger seat
disabled. It will not be deployed in the event of and you position the front-passenger seat too
an accident and cannot perform its intended close to the dashboard, the child could, in the
protective function. A person in the front- event of an accident:
passenger seat could then, for example, come Rcome into contact with the vehicle's inte-
into contact with the vehicle's interior, espe- rior if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi-

Safety
cially if the person is sitting too close to the cator lamp is lit, for example
dashboard. This poses an increased risk of
Rbe struck by the air bag if the PASSENGER
injury or even fatal injury.
AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off
When the front-passenger seat is occupied,
This poses an increased risk of injury or even
always ensure that:
fatal injury.
Rthe classification of the person in the front-
Move the front-passenger seat as far back as
passenger seat is correct and the front- possible. Always make sure that the shoulder
passenger front air bag is enabled or disa- belt strap is correctly routed from the vehicle
bled in accordance with the person in the belt sash guide to the shoulder belt guide on
front-passenger seat the child restraint system. The shoulder belt
Rthe front-passenger seat has been moved strap must be routed forwards and down-
back as far back as possible. wards from the vehicle belt sash guide. If nec-
Rthe person is seated correctly. essary, adjust the vehicle belt sash guide and
Make sure, both before and during the jour- the front-passenger seat accordingly. Always
ney, that the status of the front-passenger observe the child restraint system manufac-
front air bag is correct. turer's installation instructions.

If OCS determines that:


G WARNING
RThe front-passenger seat is unoccupied, the
If you secure a child in a rearward-facing child
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
restraint system on the front-passenger seat lights up after the system self-test and
and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator remains lit. This indicates that the front-
lamp is off, the front-passenger front air bag passenger front air bag is deactivated.
can deploy in the event of an accident. The RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by a
child could be struck by the air bag. This poses child of up to twelve months old, in a standard
an increased risk of injury or even fatal injury. child restraint system, the PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF indicator lamp lights up after the
Make sure that the front-passenger front air system self-test and remains lit. This indi-
bag has been deactivated. The PASSENGER cates that the front-passenger front air bag is
AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp must be lit. deactivated.
NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint But even in the case of a twelve-month-old
on a seat protected by an ACTIVE FRONT AIR- child, in a standard child restraint system, the
BAG in front of it; DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp can
go out after the system self-test. This indi-
to the child can occur.
cates that the front-passenger front air bag is
activated. The result of the classification is
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp
dependent on, among other factors, the child
stays off, do not install a rearward-facing child
restraint system and the child's stature. It is
restraint system on the front-passenger seat.
recommended that you install the child
You can find more information on OCS under
restraint system on a suitable rear seat.
"Problems with the Occupant Classification Sys-
tem" (Y page 55).
Z
54 Occupant safety

RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by a System self-test


person of smaller stature (e.g. a teenager or
small adult), the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF G DANGER
indicator lamp lights up and remains lit after If both the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF and
the system self-test depending on the result
of the classification or, alternatively, goes out. PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamps do
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
not light up during the system self-test, the
lamp is off, move the front-passenger seat system is malfunctioning. The front-
as far back as possible. Alternatively, a per- passenger front air bag might be triggered
Safety

son of smaller stature can sit on a rear seat. unintentionally or might not be triggered at all
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator in the event of an accident with high deceler-
lamp is lit, a person of smaller stature ation. This poses an increased risk of injury or
should not use the front-passenger seat. even fatal injury.
RThe front-passenger seat is occupied by an
In this case the front-passenger seat may not
adult or a person of adult stature, the
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp be used. Do not install a child restraint system
goes out after the system self-test. This indi- on the front-passenger seat. Have the Occu-
cates that the front-passenger front air bag is pant Classification System (OCS) checked
activated. and repaired immediately at a qualified spe-
If children are traveling in the vehicle, be sure to cialist workshop.
observe the notes on "Children in the vehicle"
(Y page 59). G WARNING
When the Occupant Classification System If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
(OCS) is malfunctioning, the red 6 restraint
system warning lamp on the instrument cluster lamp remains lit after the system self-test, the
and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator front-passenger front air bag is disabled. It will
lamp light up simultaneously. The front- not be deployed in the event of an accident. In
passenger front air bag is deactivated in this this case, the front-passenger front air bag
case and does not deploy during an accident. cannot perform its intended protective func-
Have the Occupant Classification System (OCS) tion, e.g. when a person is seated in the front-
checked and repaired immediately at a qualified
specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz recom- passenger seat.
mends that you use an authorized Mercedes- That person could, for example, come into
Benz Center for this purpose. contact with the vehicle's interior, especially
If the front-passenger seat, the seat cover or the if the person is sitting too close to the dash-
seat cushion are damaged, have the necessary board. This poses an increased risk of injury or
repair work carried out at a qualified specialist even fatal injury.
workshop. Mercedes-Benz recommends that
you use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center When the front-passenger seat is occupied,
for this purpose. always ensure that:
For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz recom- Rthe classification of the person in the front-
mends that you only use seat accessories that passenger seat is correct and the front-
have been approved by Mercedes-Benz.
passenger front air bag is enabled or disa-
If the driver's air bag deploys, this does not
bled in accordance with the person in the
mean that the front-passenger front air bag will
also deploy. The Occupant Classification Sys- front-passenger seat
tem (OCS) categorizes the occupant on the Rthe person is seated properly with a cor-
front-passenger seat. Depending on that result, rectly fastened seatbelt
the front-passenger front air bag is either ena-
Rthe front-passenger seat has been moved
bled or deactivated.
as far back as possible
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp remains lit when it should not, the front-
Occupant safety 55

passenger seat may not be used. Do not facing child restraint system must, as far as
install a child restraint system on the front- possible, be resting on the backrest of the
passenger seat. Have the Occupant Classifi- front-passenger seat. Always comply with the
cation System (OCS) checked and repaired child restraint system manufacturer's instal-
immediately at a qualified specialist work- lation instructions.
shop.
After the system self-test, the PASSENGER AIR
G WARNING BAG OFF or PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator
lamp displays the status of the front-passenger

Safety
Objects between the seat surface and the front air bag (Y page 52). If the front-passenger
child restraint system could affect OCS oper- front air bag is enabled, the PASSENGER AIR
ation. This could result in the front-passenger BAG ON indicator lamp lights up for 60 seconds
air bag not functioning as intended during an and then goes out.
accident. This poses an increased risk of If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp is
injury or even fatal injury. off, only the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
lamp shows the status of the front-passenger
Do not place any objects between the seat front air bag. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
surface and the child restraint system. The indicator lamp may be lit continuously or be off.
entire base of the child restraint system must For more information about the OCS, see "Prob-
always rest on the seat cushion of the front- lems with the Occupant Classification System"
passenger seat. The backrest of the forward- (Y page 55).

Problems with the Occupant Classification System (OCS)


Be sure to observe the notes on "System self-test" (Y page 54).

Z
56 Occupant safety

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions


The PASSENGER AIR The classification of the person on the front-passenger seat is incor-
BAG OFF indicator lamp rect.
lights up and remains lit, X Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the person
even though the front- on the front-passenger seat are met (Y page 52).
passenger seat is occu-
X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains lit, the front-
pied by an adult or a per-
passenger seat may not be used.
son of a stature corre-
X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes-
Safety

sponding to that of an
adult. Benz Center.

The PASSENGER AIR OCS is malfunctioning.


BAG OFF indicator lamp X Make sure there is nothing between the seat cushion and the child
does not light up and/or seat.
does not stay on.
X Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests on
The front-passenger seat the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat. The backrest of the
is: forward-facing child restraint system must lie as flat as possible
Runoccupied against the backrest of the front-passenger seat. If necessary,
Roccupied by the adjust the position of the front-passenger seat.
weight of a child up to X When installing the child restraint system, make sure that the seat
twelve months old in a belt is tight. Do not pull the seat belt tight using the front-passenger
child restraint system seat adjustment. This could result in the seat belt and the child
restraint system being pulled too tightly.
X Check for correct installation of the child restraint system.
Make sure that the head restraint does not apply a load to the child
restraint system. If necessary, adjust the head restraint accord-
ingly.
X Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight onto the
seat.
X If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp remains off and/or
the PASSENGER AIR BAG ON indicator lamp lights up, do not install
a child restraint system on the front-passenger seat. It is recom-
mended that you install the child restraint system on a suitable rear
seat.
X Have OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes-
Benz Center.

Deployment of Emergency Tensioning G WARNING


Devices and air bags A deployed air bag no longer offers any pro-
tection and cannot provide the intended pro-
Important safety notes
tection in an accident. There is an increased
G WARNING risk of injury.
The air bag parts are hot after an air bag has Have the vehicle towed to a qualified special-
been deployed. There is a risk of injury. ist workshop in order to have a deployed air
Do not touch the air bag parts. Have a bag replaced.
deployed air bag replaced at a qualified spe-
It is important for your safety and that of your
cialist workshop as soon as possible. passenger to have deployed air bags replaced
and to have any malfunctioning air bags
Occupant safety 57

repaired. This will help to make sure the air bags An Emergency Tensioning Device can only be
continue to perform their protective function for triggered, if:
the vehicle occupants in the event of a crash. Rthe ignition is switched on
G WARNING Rthe components of the restraint system are

Emergency Tensioning Devices that have operational. You can find further information
under "Restraint system warning lamp"
deployed pyrotechnically are no longer opera- (Y page 45)
tional and are unable to perform their inten- Rthe seat belt buckle tongue has engaged in
ded protective function. This poses an the belt buckle of the respective front seat

Safety
increased risk of injury or even fatal injury. The Emergency Tensioning Devices in the rear
Have pyrotechnically triggered Emergency compartment are triggered independently of the
Tensioning Devices replaced immediately at a lock status of the seat belts.
qualified specialist workshop. If the restraint system control unit detects a
more severe accident, further components of
An electric motor is used by PRE-SAFE® to trig- the restraint system are activated independ-
ger the tightening of the seat belt in hazardous ently of each other in certain frontal collision
situations. This procedure is reversible. situations:
If Emergency Tensioning Devices are triggered RFront air bags and driver's knee bag
or air bags are deployed, you will hear a bang, RWindow curtain air bag, if the system deter-
and some powder may also be released. The mines that deployment can offer additional
6 restraint system warning lamp lights up. protection to that provided by the seat belt
Only in rare cases will the bang affect your hear- The front-passenger front air bag is activated or
ing. The powder that is released generally does deactivated depending on the person on the
not constitute a health hazard, but it may cause front-passenger seat. The front-passenger front
short-term breathing difficulties in people with air bag can only deploy in an accident if the
asthma or other respiratory problems. Provided PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp is off.
it is safe to do so, you should leave the vehicle Observe the information on the PASSENGER AIR
immediately or open the window in order to pre- BAG indicator lamps (Y page 45).
vent breathing difficulties. Your vehicle has two-stage front air bags. In the
Air bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning first deployment stage, the front air bag is filled
Devices (ETDs) contain perchlorate material, with propellant gas. The front air bag is fully
which may require special handling and regard deployed with the maximum amount of propel-
for the environment. National guidelines must lant gas if a second deployment threshold is
be observed during disposal. In California, see reached within a few milliseconds.
www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/ The activation threshold of the Emergency Ten-
Perchlorate/index.cfm. sioning Devices and the air bags is determined
by evaluating the rate of vehicle deceleration or
Method of operation acceleration which occurs at various points in
the vehicle. This process is pre-emptive in
During the first stage of a collision, the restraint nature. Deployment should take place in good
system control unit evaluates important physi- time at the start of the collision.
cal data relating to vehicle deceleration or accel- The rate of vehicle deceleration or acceleration
eration, such as: and the direction of the force are essentially
Rduration determined by:
Rdirection Rthe distribution of forces during the collision
Rintensity Rthe collision angle
Based on the evaluation of this data, the Rthe deformation characteristics of the vehicle
restraint system control unit triggers the Emer- Rthe characteristics of the object with which
gency Tensioning Devices during a frontal or the vehicle has collided
rear collision.
Factors which can only be seen and measured
after a collision has occurred do not play a deci-
sive role in the deployment of an air bag. Nor do
Z
58 Occupant safety

they provide an indication of air bag deploy- PRE-SAFE® (anticipatory occupant


ment.
protection system)
The vehicle can be deformed considerably, with-
out an air bag being deployed. This is the case if Introduction
only parts which are relatively easily deformed
are affected and the rate of deceleration is not In certain hazardous situations, PRE-SAFE®
high. Conversely, air bags may be deployed even takes pre-emptive measures to protect the vehi-
though the vehicle suffers only minor deforma- cle occupants.
tion. This is the case if, for example, very rigid
Safety

vehicle parts such as longitudinal body mem- Important safety notes


bers are hit, and sufficient deceleration occurs
as a result. ! Make sure that there are no objects in the
If the restraint system control unit detects a side footwell or behind the seats. There is a danger
impact or if the vehicle rolls over, the applicable that the seats and/or objects could be dam-
components of the restraint system are aged when PRE-SAFE® is activated.
deployed independently of each other depend- Although your vehicle is equipped with PRE-
ing on the apparent type of accident.
SAFE®, the possibility of injury in the event of an
RSide impact air bags on the side where the
accident cannot be ruled out. Always adapt your
impact takes place, independently of the driving style to suit the prevailing road and
Emergency Tensioning Device and the use of weather conditions and maintain a safe distance
the seat belt on the driver's seat and outer from the vehicle in front. Drive carefully.
seats in the second row
The side impact air bag on the front- Function
passenger side deploys under the following
conditions: PRE-SAFE® intervenes:
- the OCS system detects that the front-
Rin emergency braking situations, e.g. when
passenger seat is occupied or BAS is activated
- the seat belt buckle tongue is engaged in
Rin critical driving situations, e.g. when physi-
the belt buckle of the front-passenger seat cal limits are exceeded and the vehicle under-
RWindow curtain air bag on the side of impact, steers or oversteers severely
independently of the use of the seat belt and Ron vehicles with the Driving Assistance PLUS
independently of whether the front- package: when Active Brake Assist intervenes
passenger seat is occupied powerfully or the radar sensor system detects
REmergency Tensioning Devices, if the system an imminent danger of collision in certain sit-
determines that deployment can offer addi- uations
tional protection in this situation
PRE-SAFE® takes the following measures
RWindow curtain air bags on the driver's and
depending on the hazardous situation detected:
front-passenger side in certain situations
when the vehicle rolls over, if the system Rthe front seat belts are pre-tensioned.
determines that deployment can offer addi- Rif the vehicle skids, the side windows and the
tional protection to that provided by the seat sliding sunroof are closed.
belt Rvehicles with the memory function: the front-

i Not all air bags are deployed in an accident. passenger seat is adjusted if it is in an unfav-
The different air bag systems work independ- orable position.
ently of each other. Rvehicles with a multicontour seat: the air pres-

How the air bag system works is determined sure in the side bolsters of the seat backrest
by the severity of the accident detected, is increased.
especially the vehicle deceleration or accel- If the hazardous situation passes without result-
eration and the apparent type of accident: ing in an accident, PRE-SAFE® slackens the belt
pre-tensioning. On vehicles with multicontour
RFrontal collision
seats, the air pressure in the side bolsters is
RSide impact
reduced again. All settings made by PRE-SAFE®
RRollover can then be reversed.
Children in the vehicle 59

If the seat belt pre-tensioning is not reduced: PRE-SAFE® PLUS takes the following measures
X Move the seat backrest or seat back slightly depending on the hazardous situation detected:
when the vehicle is stationary. Rif the radar sensor system detects that a
The seat belt pre-tensioning is reduced and head-on collision is imminent, the seat belts
the locking mechanism is released. are pre-tensioned.
The seat-belt adjustment is an integral part of Rif the radar sensor system detects that a rear-
the PRE-SAFE® convenience function. Informa- end collision is imminent:
tion about the convenience function can be - the brake pressure is increased if the driver
found under "Belt adjustment" (Y page 48). applies the brakes when the vehicle is sta-

Safety
tionary.
- the seat belts are pre-tensioned.
PRE-SAFE® PLUS (anticipatory occu- The PRE-SAFE® PLUS braking application is can-
pant protection system PLUS) celed:
Rif the accelerator pedal is depressed when a
Introduction gear is engaged
PRE-SAFE® PLUS is only available in vehicles Rif the risk of a collision passes or is no longer
with the Driving Assistance PLUS package. detected
Using the radar sensor system, PRE-SAFE® Rif Distance Pilot DISTRONIC indicates an
PLUS is able to detect that a head-on or rear-end intention to pull away
collision is imminent. In certain hazardous sit- If the hazardous situation passes without result-
uations, PRE-SAFE® PLUS takes pre-emptive ing in an accident, the original settings are
measures to protect the vehicle occupants. restored.

Important safety notes


Automatic measures after an acci-
The intervention of PRE-SAFE® PLUS cannot dent
prevent an imminent collision.
The driver is not warned about the intervention Immediately after an accident, the following
of PRE-SAFE® PLUS. measures are implemented, depending on the
type and severity of the impact:
PRE-SAFE® PLUS does not intervene if the vehi-
Rthe hazard warning lamps are activated
cle is backing up.
Rthe emergency lighting is activated
When driving, or when parking or exiting a park-
ing space with assistance from Parking Pilot, Rthe vehicle doors are unlocked
PRE-SAFE® PLUS will not apply the brakes. Rthe front side windows are lowered
Rvehicles with a memory function: the electri-
Function cally adjustable steering wheel is raised when
the driver's door is opened
PRE-SAFE® PLUS intervenes in certain situa- Rthe engine is switched off and the fuel supply
tions if the radar sensor system detects an is cut off
imminent head-on or rear-end collision. Rvehicles with mbrace: automatic emergency
call

Children in the vehicle


Important safety notes
Accident statistics show that children secured
in the rear seats are safer than children secured
in the front-passenger seat. For this reason,
Mercedes-Benz strongly advises that you install

Z
60 Children in the vehicle

a child restraint system on a rear seat. Children tect it with a blanket, for example. If the child
are generally better protected there. restraint system has been exposed to direct
If a child younger than twelve years old and sunlight, let it cool down before securing the
under 5 ft (1.50 m) in height is traveling in the
vehicle: child in it. Never leave children unattended in
the vehicle.
Ralways secure the child in a child restraint
system suitable for Mercedes-Benz vehicles. Always ensure that all vehicle occupants have
The child restraint system must be appropri- their seat belts fastened correctly and are sitting
ate to the age, weight and size of the child properly. Particular attention must be paid to
Safety

Rbe sure to observe the instructions and safety children.


notes in this section in addition to the child Observe the safety notes on the seat belt
restraint system manufacturer's installation (Y page 46) and the notes on correct use of seat
instructions belts (Y page 47).
Rbe sure to observe the instructions and safety
A booster seat may be necessary to achieve
notes on the "Occupant classification system proper seat belt positioning for children over
(OCS)" (Y page 51) 40 lbs (18 kg) until they reach a height where a
G WARNING three-point seat belt can be properly fastened
without a booster seat.
If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-
cle, they could set it in motion by, for example:
Rrelease the parking brake. Special seatbelt retractor
Rshift the automatic transmission out of the G WARNING
parking position P.
If the seat belt is released while driving, the
Rstart the engine.
child restraint system will no longer be
In addition, they may operate vehicle equip- secured properly. The special seat belt retrac-
ment and become trapped. There is a risk of tor is disabled and the inertia real draws in a
an accident and injury. portion of the seat belt. The seat belt cannot
When leaving the vehicle, always take the be immediately refastened. There is an
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never increased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.
leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. Stop the vehicle immediately, paying atten-
tion to road and traffic conditions. Reactivate
G WARNING the special seat belt retractor and secure the
If persons, particularly children are subjected child restraint system properly.
to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or
cold, there is a risk of injury, possibly even All seat belts in the vehicle, except the driver's
seat belt, are equipped with a special seat belt
fatal. Never leave children unattended in the
retractor. When activated, the special seat belt
vehicle. retractor ensures that the seat belt cannot
slacken once the child seat is secured.
G WARNING Installing a child restraint system:
If the child restraint system is subjected to X Make sure you observe the child restraint
direct sunlight, parts may get very hot. Chil- system manufacturer's installation instruc-
dren may burn themselves on these parts, tions.
particularly on the metal parts of the child X Pull the seat belt smoothly from the belt out-
restraint system. There is a risk of injury. let.
If you leave the vehicle, taking the child with X Engage seat belt tongue in belt buckle.
you, always ensure that the child restraint
system is not exposed to direct sunlight. Pro-
Children in the vehicle 61

Activating the special seat belt retractor: designed for them. Only replace damaged
X Pull the seat belt out fully and let the inertia covers with genuine covers.
reel retract it again.
While the seat belt is retracting, you should G WARNING
hear a ratcheting sound. The special seat belt
retractor is enabled. If the child restraint system is installed incor-
X Push the child restraint system down so that rectly or is not secured, it can come loose in
the seat belt is tight and does not loosen. the event of an accident, heavy braking or a
sudden change in direction. The child

Safety
Removing the child restraint system and deac-
tivating the special seat belt retractor: restraint system could be thrown about, strik-
ing vehicle occupants. There is an increased
X Make sure you observe the child restraint
risk of injury, possibly even fatal.
system manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions. Always install child restraint systems prop-
X Press the release button of the seat belt erly, even if they are not being used. Make
buckle and guide the seat belt tongue back sure that you observe the child restraint sys-
towards the belt sash guide. tem manufacturer's installation instructions.
The special seat belt retractor is deactivated.
You will find further information on stowing
objects, luggage or loads under "Loading guide-
Child restraint system lines" (Y page 300).

The use of seat belts and child restraint systems G WARNING


is required by law in: Child restraint systems or their securing sys-
Rall 50 states tems which have been damaged or subjected
Rthe U.S. territories to a load in an accident can no longer protect
Rthe District of Columbia as intended. The child cannot then be
Rall Canadian provinces restrained in the event of an accident, heavy
If you install a rearward-facing child restraint braking or sudden changes of direction. There
system on the center rear seat, the rear arm rest is an increased risk of injury, possibly even
must be folded back as far as possible. fatal.
You can obtain further information about the Replace child restraint systems which have
correct child restraint system from any author- been damaged or subjected to a load in an
ized Mercedes-Benz Center. accident as soon as possible. Have the secur-
G WARNING ing systems on the child restraint system
If the child restraint system is installed incor- checked at a qualified specialist workshop,
rectly on a suitable seat, it cannot protect as before you install a child restraint system
intended. The child cannot then be restrained again.
in the event of an accident, heavy braking or The securing systems of child restraint systems
sudden changes of direction. There is an are:
increased risk of injury, possibly even fatal.
Rthe seat belt system
Make sure that you observe the child restraint Rthe LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing rings
system manufacturer's installation instruc- Rthe Top Tether anchorages
tions and the notes on use. Please ensure,
If it is absolutely necessary to carry a child on
that the base of the child restraint system is the front-passenger seat, be sure to observe the
always resting completely on the seat cush- information on the "Occupant Classification
ion. Never place objects, e.g. cushions, under System (OCS)" (Y page 51). There you will also
or behind the child restraint system. Only use find information on deactivating the front-
child restraint systems with the original cover passenger front air bag.

Z
62 Children in the vehicle

All child restraint systems must meet the fol- Before every trip, make sure that the LATCH-
lowing standards: type (ISOFIX) child restraint system is engaged
RU.S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards correctly in both LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing
213 and 225 rings
RCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards To ensure that the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child
213 and 210.2 restraint system can perform its protective func-
tion as intended, the backrest of the respective
Confirmation that the child restraint system cor- outer seat in the second row must be in the
responds to the standards can be found on an upright position.
instruction label on the child restraint system.
Safety

This confirmation can also be found in the instal- ! When installing the child restraint system,
lation instructions that are included with the make sure that the seat belt for the middle
child restraint system. seat does not get trapped. The seat belt could
Observe the warning labels in the vehicle inte- otherwise be damaged.
rior and on the child restraint system.

LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seat secur-


ing system
G WARNING
For LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint sys-
tems in which the child is secured using the
safety belt integrated in the child restraint
system, the maximum permissible weight of
the child and child restraint system together LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing rings for the outer
is 73 lbs (33 kg). seat in the second row of seats
If the child and the child restraint system
together weigh more than 73 lbs (33 kg), the
LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint system
with integrated safety belt no longer offers
sufficient protection. The LATCH-type (ISO-
FIX) child seat securing system may be over-
loaded, and the child may not be restrained in
an accident, for example. This poses an
increased risk of injury or even fatal injury.
If the child and the child restraint system
together weigh more than 73 lbs (33 kg), use
only a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint sys- LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing rings for the third
row of seats
tem in which the child is also secured with the
vehicle seat belt. Also secure the child Before installing a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child
restraint system on the second row of seats:
restraint system with the Top Tether belt, if
available. X Move the backrests in the second row of
seats to an upright position (Y page 101).
Regularly check that the permissible gross X Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint
weight of the child together with the child system on both LATCH-type (ISOFIX) securing
restraint system is still maintained. rings :.
Always comply with the manufacturer's instal- ISOFIX is a standardized securing system for
lation and operating instructions for the child specially designed child restraint systems on
restraint system used. the rear seats.
Children in the vehicle 63

Non-LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child seats may also The Top Tether anchorages for the second row
be used and can be installed using the vehicle's of seats are located on the rear of the seat
seat belt system. Install the child seat according backrests. For the third row of seats, use the
to the manufacturer's instructions. cargo tie-down rings in the cargo compartment
floor.

Top Tether
Introduction

Safety
Top Tether provides an additional connection
between the child restraint system secured with
a LATCH-type (ISOFIX) system and the vehicle.
This helps reduce the risk of injury even further.
If the child restraint system is equipped with a
Top Tether belt, this should always be used.

Important safety notes


X Move head restraint = upwards
G WARNING (Y page 100).
X Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint
If the rear seat backrests are not locked, they
system with Top Tether. Always comply with
could fold forwards in the event of an acci- the child restraint system manufacturer's
dent, heavy braking or sudden changes of installation instructions when doing so.
direction. As a result, child restraint systems X Route Top Tether belt B under head restraint
cannot perform their intended protective = between the two head restraint bars.
function. Rear seat backrests that are not X Guide Top Tether belt B down between cargo
locked can also cause additional injuries, e.g. compartment cover : and seat backrest ;.
in the event of an accident. This poses an X Hook Top Tether hook A of Top Tether belt
increased risk of injury or even fatal injury. B into Top Tether anchorage ?.
Always lock rear seat backrests after instal- Make sure that:
ling a Top Tether belt. Adjust the rear seat RTop Tether hook A is hooked into Top
backrests so that they are in an upright posi- Tether anchorage ? as shown.
tion. RTop Tether belt B is not twisted.
RTop Tether belt B is routed between seat
Make sure that the backrest in the rear com- backrest ; and cargo compartment
partment engages fully. To do so, pull firmly on cover : if cargo compartment cover : is
the seat backrest. installed.
RTop Tether belt B is routed between seat
Top Tether anchorages backrest ; and the cargo net if the cargo
net is installed.
X Tension Top Tether belt B. Always comply
with the child restraint system manufactur-
er's installation instructions when doing so.
X Move head restraint = back down again
slightly if necessary (Y page 100). Make sure
that you do not interfere with the correct rout-
ing of Top Tether belt B.

Z
64 Children in the vehicle

Child restraint system on the front- correctly routed from the vehicle belt outlet to
passenger seat the shoulder belt guide on the child restraint
system. The shoulder belt strap must be routed
General notes forward and down from the vehicle belt outlet. If
necessary, adjust the vehicle belt outlet and the
Accident statistics show that children secured front-passenger seat accordingly.
in the rear seats are safer than children secured Always observe the child restraint system man-
in the front-passenger seat. For this reason, ufacturer's installation and operating instruc-
Mercedes-Benz strongly advises that you install tions.
the child restraint system on a rear seat.
Safety

If it is absolutely necessary to install a child


restraint system on the front-passenger seat, Child-proof locks
always observe the instructions and safety
notes on the "Occupant Classification System Important safety notes
(OCS)" (Y page 51).
You can thus avoid the risks that could arise as G WARNING
a result of: If children are traveling in the vehicle, they
Ran incorrectly categorized person in the front- could:
passenger seat
Ropen doors, thus endangering other people
Rthe unintentional deactivation of the front-
passenger front air bag or road users
Rthe unsuitable positioning of the child Rexit the vehicle and be caught by oncoming
restraint system, e.g. too close to the dash- traffic
board Roperate vehicle equipment and become
trapped
Rearward-facing child restraint system
There is a risk of an accident and injury.
If it is absolutely necessary to install a rearward- Always activate the child-proof locks and
facing child restraint system on the front- override feature if children are traveling in the
passenger seat, always make sure that the
front-passenger front air bag is deactivated. vehicle. When leaving the vehicle, always take
Only if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator the key with you and lock the vehicle. Never
lamp is permanently lit (Y page 45) is the front- leave children unattended in the vehicle.
passenger front air bag deactivated.
Always observe the child restraint system man- Override feature for:
ufacturer's installation and operating instruc- Rthe rear doors (Y page 65)
tions. Rthe rear side windows (Y page 65)

Forward-facing child restraint system G WARNING


If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-
If it is absolutely necessary to install a forward-
cle, they could set it in motion by, for example:
facing child restraint system on the front-
passenger seat, always move the front- Rrelease the parking brake.
passenger seat as far back as possible. The Rshift the automatic transmission out of the
entire base of the child restraint system must
always rest on the seat cushion of the front- parking position P.
passenger seat. The backrest of the child Rstart the engine.
restraint system must lie as flat as possible In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-
against the backrest of the front-passenger
seat. The child restraint system must not touch ment and become trapped. There is a risk of
the roof or be subjected to a load by the head an accident and injury.
restraint. Adjust the angle of the seat backrest
and the head restraint position accordingly.
Always make sure that the shoulder belt strap is
Pets in the vehicle 65

When leaving the vehicle, always take the X To activate: press the child-proof lock lever
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never up in the direction of arrow :.
X Make sure that the child-proof locks are work-
leave children unsupervised in the vehicle.
ing properly.
X To deactivate: press the child-proof lock
G WARNING
lever down in the direction of arrow ;.
If persons, particularly children are subjected
to prolonged exposure to extreme heat or
Override feature for the rear side win-
cold, there is a risk of injury, possibly even

Safety
dows
fatal. Never leave children unattended in the
vehicle.

G WARNING
If the child restraint system is subjected to
direct sunlight, parts may get very hot. Chil-
dren may burn themselves on these parts,
particularly on the metal parts of the child
restraint system. There is a risk of injury.
If you leave the vehicle, taking the child with
you, always ensure that the child restraint
system is not exposed to direct sunlight. Pro-
X To activate/deactivate: press button :.
tect it with a blanket, for example. If the child
If indicator lamp ; is lit, operation of the rear
restraint system has been exposed to direct side windows is disabled. Operation is only
sunlight, let it cool down before securing the possible using the switches in the driver's
child in it. Never leave children unattended in door. If indicator lamp ; is off, operation is
the vehicle. possible using the switches in the rear com-
partment.
Child-proof locks for the rear doors
Pets in the vehicle

G WARNING
If you leave animals unattended or unsecured
in the vehicle, they could press buttons or
switches, for example.
As a result, they could:
Ractivate vehicle equipment and become
trapped, for example
Ractivate or deactivate systems, thereby
You secure each door individually with the child- endangering other road users
proof locks on the rear doors. A door secured
with a child-proof lock cannot be opened from Unsecured animals could also be flung around
inside the vehicle. When the vehicle is unlocked, the vehicle in the event of an accident or sud-
the door can be opened from the outside. den steering or braking, thereby injuring vehi-
cle occupants. There is a risk of an accident
and injury.

Z
66 Driving safety systems

Never leave animals unattended in the vehi- ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)
cle. Always secure animals properly during
the journey, e.g. use a suitable animal trans- General information
port box. ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way that
the wheels do not lock when you brake. This
allows you to continue steering the vehicle when
braking.
Driving safety systems
The ! ABS warning lamp in the instrument
cluster lights up when the ignition is switched
Safety

Overview of driving safety systems


on. It goes out when the engine is running.
In this section, you will find information about ABS works from a speed of about 5 mph
the following driving safety systems: (8 km/h), regardless of road-surface conditions.
RABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ABS works on slippery surfaces, even when you
(Y page 66) only brake gently.
RBAS (Brake Assist System) (Y page 67)
RActive Brake Assist (Y page 67) Important safety notes
RESP® (Electronic Stability Program) i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-
(Y page 70) tion (Y page 66).
REBD (Electronic Brake force Distribution)
(Y page 72) G WARNING
RADAPTIVE BRAKE (Y page 72) If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock when
RActive Brake Assist with cross-traffic function braking. The steerability and braking charac-
(Y page 72) teristics may be severely impaired. Addition-
RSteering Pilot STEER CONTROL ally, further driving safety systems are deac-
(Y page 75) tivated. There is an increased danger of skid-
ding and accidents.
Drive on carefully. Have ABS checked imme-
Important safety notes diately at a qualified specialist workshop.
If you fail to adapt your driving style or if you are
inattentive, the driving safety systems can nei- When ABS is malfunctioning, other systems,
ther reduce the risk of an accident nor override including driving safety systems, will also
the laws of physics. Driving safety systems are become inoperative. Observe the information
merely aids designed to assist driving. You are on the ABS warning lamp (Y page 282) and dis-
responsible for maintaining the distance to the play messages which may be shown in the
vehicle in front, for vehicle speed, for braking in instrument cluster (Y page 249).
good time, and for staying in lane. Always adapt
your driving style to suit the prevailing road and Braking
weather conditions and maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front. Drive carefully. X If ABS intervenes: continue to depress the
The driving safety systems described only work brake pedal vigorously until the braking sit-
as effectively as possible when there is ade- uation is over.
quate contact between the tires and the road X To make a full brake application: depress
surface. Pay particular attention to the informa- the brake pedal with full force.
tion regarding tires, recommended minimum If ABS intervenes when braking, you will feel a
tire tread depths etc. in the "Wheels and tires" pulsing in the brake pedal.
section (Y page 354). The pulsating brake pedal can be an indication
In wintry driving conditions, always use winter of hazardous road conditions, and functions as a
tires (M+S tires) and if necessary, snow chains. reminder to take extra care while driving.
Only in this way will the driving safety systems
described in this section work as effectively as
possible.
Driving safety systems 67

Off-road ABS Active Brake Assist


An ABS system specifically suited to off-road General information
terrain is activated automatically once the off-
road program is activated on: i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-
RVehicles without the Offroad Engineering tion (Y page 66).
package (Y page 219) Active Brake Assist consists of a distance warn-
RVehicles with the Off-Road Engineering pack- ing function with an autonomous braking func-
age (Y page 220) tion and situation-dependent braking assis-

Safety
At speeds below 20 mph (30 km/h), the front tance
wheels lock cyclically during braking. The dig- Active Brake Assist can help you to minimize the
ging-in effect achieved in the process reduces risk of a collision with the vehicle traveling in
the stopping distance on off-road terrain. This front or reduce the effects of such a collision.
limits steering capability. If Active Brake Assist detects that there is a risk
of collision, you will be warned visually and
acoustically. If you do not react to the visual and
BAS (Brake Assist System) audible collision warning, autonomous braking
can be initiated in critical situations. If you apply
General information the brake yourself in a critical situation, Adap-
tive Brake Assist supports you with situation-
BAS operates in emergency braking situations. dependent braking assistance.
If you depress the brake pedal quickly, BAS Active Brake Assist is only available in certain
automatically boosts the braking force, thus countries.
shortening the stopping distance.
Important safety notes
Important safety notes
In particular, the detection of obstacles can be
i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec- impaired if:
tion (Y page 66).
Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything else
G WARNING covering the sensors
If BAS is malfunctioning, the braking distance Rthere is snow or heavy rain
in an emergency braking situation is Rthere is interference by other radar sources
increased. There is a risk of an accident. Rthere are strong radar reflections, for exam-
In an emergency braking situation, depress ple in parking garages
the brake pedal with full force. ABS prevents Ra narrow vehicle is traveling in front, e.g. a

the wheels from locking. motorbike


Ra vehicle is traveling in front on a different line
Ryou are driving a new vehicle or servicing on
Braking the Active Brake Assist system has just been
X Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed until carried out
the emergency braking situation is over. Observe the notes in the section on breaking-
ABS prevents the wheels from locking. in (Y page 139).
The brakes will function as usual once you Following damage to the front end of the vehicle,
release the brake pedal. BAS is deactivated. have the configuration and operation of the
radar sensor checked at a qualified specialist
workshop. This also applies to collisions at slow
speeds where there is no visible damage to the
front of the vehicle.

Z
68 Driving safety systems

Activating/deactivating In such cases, the distance warning function


Active Brake Assist is automatically active after may:
switching on the ignition. Rgive an unnecessary warning
You can activate or deactivate Active Brake Rnot give a warning
Assist (Y page 242) in the on-board computer.
When deactivated, the distance warning func- There is a risk of an accident.
tion and the autonomous braking function are Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-
also deactivated. uation and do not rely solely on the distance
Safety

If Active Brake Assist is deactivated, the æ warning function.


symbol appears in the assistance graphic dis-
play. Function
If DSR (Y page 218) is activated, Active Brake Starting at a speed of approximately 4 mph
Assist is deactivated. (7 km/h), the distance warning function warns
you if you rapidly approach a vehicle in front. An
Distance warning function intermittent warning tone will then sound, and
the · distance warning lamp will light up in
General information the instrument cluster.
The distance warning function can help you to X Brake immediately in order to increase the
minimize the risk of a front-end collision with a distance from the vehicle in front.
vehicle ahead or reduce the effects of such a or
collision. If the distance warning function X Take evasive action, provided it is safe to do
detects that there is a risk of a collision, you will
so.
be warned visually and acoustically.
Due to the nature of the system, particularly
Important safety notes complicated but non-critical driving conditions
i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec- may also cause the system to display a warning.
tion for driving safety systems (Y page 66). With the help of the radar sensor system, the
distance warning function can detect obstacles
G WARNING that are in the path of your vehicle for an exten-
The distance warning function does not react: ded period of time.
Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph
Rto people or animals (70 km/h), the distance warning function can
Rto oncoming vehicles also react to stationary obstacles, such as stop-
Rto crossing traffic ped or parked vehicles.
Rwhen cornering
Autonomous braking function
The distance warning function may not give
warnings in all critical situations. There is a If the driver does not react to the distance warn-
risk of an accident. ing signal in a critical situation, Active Brake
Assist can assist the driver with the autonomous
Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit- braking function.
uation and be ready to brake. The autonomous braking function is available in
Always adapt your speed to suit the prevailing the following speed ranges:
road and traffic conditions. R4 - 65 mph (7 - 105 km/h) for moving objects
R4 - 31 mph (7 - 50 km/h) for stationary
G WARNING objects
The distance warning function cannot always Due to the nature of the system, particularly
clearly identify objects and complex traffic complicated but non-critical driving conditions
situations. may also cause the Autonomous Braking Func-
tion to intervene.
If the autonomous braking function requires a
particularly high braking force, preventative
Driving safety systems 69

passenger protection measures (PRE-SAFE®) Important safety notes


are activated simultaneously (Y page 58). i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-
tion for driving safety systems (Y page 66).
Situation-dependent braking assis-
tance G WARNING
Adaptive Brake Assist cannot always clearly
General information identify objects and complex traffic situa-
i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec- tions.
tion (Y page 66).

Safety
In such cases, Adaptive Brake Assist might:
With the help of the radar sensor system, Adap- Rintervene unnecessarily
tive Brake Assist can detect obstacles that are in
the path of your vehicle for an extended period Rnot intervene
of time. There is a risk of an accident.
If Adaptive Brake Assist detects a risk of colli- Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-
sion with the vehicle in front, it calculates the uation and be ready to brake. Terminate the
brake pressure necessary to avoid a collision. If
you apply the brakes forcefully, situation- intervention in a non-critical driving situation.
dependent braking assistance adapts to the sit-
uation and automatically increases the brake G WARNING
pressure to a degree appropriate to the traffic Adaptive Brake Assist does not react:
situation.
Rto people or animals
Situation-dependent braking assistance pro-
vides braking assistance in hazardous situations Rto oncoming vehicles
at speeds above 4 mph (7 km/h). It uses radar Rto crossing traffic
sensor technology to assess the traffic situa-
tion. Rwhen cornering

Situation-dependent braking assistance is capa- As a result, Adaptive Brake Assist may not
ble of reacting to moving objects that have intervene in all critical conditions. There is a
already been detected as such at least once risk of an accident.
over the period of observation, up to vehicle
speeds of around 155 mph (250 km/h). Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-
uation and be ready to brake.
Situation-dependent braking assistance reacts
to stationary obstacles up to a speed of approx-
Due to the nature of the system, complex but
imately 44 mph (70 km/h).
non-critical driving conditions may also cause
If situation-dependent braking assistance Active Brake Assist to intervene.
demands particularly high brake pressure, pre-
Even if Active Brake Assist is not available due to
ventative passenger protection measures (PRE-
a malfunction in the radar sensor system, the
SAFE®) are triggered simultaneously brake system is still available with full brake
(Y page 58). boosting effect and BAS.
X Keep the brake pedal depressed until the
emergency braking situation is over.
ABS prevents the wheels from locking.
ESP® (Electronic Stability Program)
The brakes will work normally again if:
Ryou release the brake pedal. General notes
Rthere is no longer any danger of a collision. i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec-
Rno obstacle is detected in front of your vehi- tion (Y page 66).
cle.
ESP® monitors driving stability and traction, i.e.
Situation-dependent braking assistance is then power transmission between the tires and the
deactivated. road surface.

Z
70 Driving safety systems

If ESP® detects that the vehicle is deviating from ! Only operate the vehicle for a maximum of
the direction desired by the driver, one or more ten seconds on a brake test dynamometer.
wheels are braked to stabilize the vehicle. The Switch off the ignition.
engine output is also modified to keep the vehi- Application of the brakes by ESP® may oth-
cle on the desired course within physical limits. erwise destroy the brake system.
ESP® assists the driver when pulling away on
wet or slippery roads. ESP® can also stabilize ! A function or performance test should only
the vehicle during braking. be carried out on a two-axle dynamometer.
Before you operate the vehicle on such a
dynamometer, please consult a qualified
Safety

ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction System) workshop. You could otherwise damage the
4ETS traction control is part of ESP®. drive train or the brake system.
Traction control brakes the drive wheels indi- ESP® is only deactivated if the å warning
vidually if they spin. This enables you to pull lamp is lit continuously.
away and accelerate on slippery surfaces, for If the ÷ warning lamp and the å warning
example if the road surface is slippery on one lamp are lit continuously, ESP® is not available
side. In addition, more drive torque is transfer- due to a malfunction.
red to the wheel or wheels with traction. Observe the information on warning lamps
Traction control remains active, even if you (Y page 284) and display messages which may
deactivate ESP®. be shown in the instrument cluster
In appropriate driving situations, activate the (Y page 249).
offroad program:
i Only use wheels with the recommended tire
X Vehicles without the Offroad Engineering sizes. Only then will ESP® function properly.
package (Y page 219)
X Vehicles with the Off-Road Engineering pack-
Characteristics of ESP®
age (Y page 220)
General information
Off-road 4ETS (Electronic Traction Sys- If the ÷ ESP warning lamp goes out before
tem) beginning the journey, ESP® is automatically
active.
An ETS system specifically suited to off-road
terrain is activated automatically once an off- If ESP® intervenes, the ÷ ESP® warning lamp
road program is activated: flashes in the instrument cluster.
RVehicles without the Offroad Engineering If ESP® intervenes:
package (Y page 219) X Do not deactivate ESP® under any circum-
RVehicles with the Off-Road Engineering pack- stances.
age (Y page 220) X Only depress the accelerator pedal as far as
necessary when pulling away.
Important safety notes X Adapt your driving style to suit the prevailing
road and weather conditions.
G WARNING
If ESP® is malfunctioning, ESP® is unable to ECO start/stop function
stabilize the vehicle. Additionally, further driv- The ECO start/stop function switches the
ing safety systems are deactivated. This engine off automatically when the vehicle stops
increases the risk of skidding and an accident. moving. The engine starts automatically when
the driver wants to pull away again. ESP®
Drive on carefully. Have ESP® checked at a remains in its previously selected status, e.g. if
qualified specialist workshop. ESP® was deactivated before the engine was
automatically switched off.
Driving safety systems 71

Deactivating/activating ESP® X To deactivate: press button :.


The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in the
Important safety notes instrument cluster lights up.
i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec- X To activate: press button :.
tion (Y page 66). The å ESP® OFF warning lamp in the
You can select between the following states of instrument cluster goes out.
ESP®:
Characteristics when ESP® is deactivated
RESP® is activated.

Safety
If ESP® is deactivated and one or more wheels
RESP® is deactivated.
start to spin, the ÷ ESP® warning lamp in the
G WARNING instrument cluster flashes. In such situations,
ESP® will not stabilize the vehicle.
If you deactivate ESP®, ESP® no longer sta-
If you deactivate ESP®:
bilizes the vehicle. There is an increased risk
of skidding and an accident. RESP® no longer improves driving stability.
REngine torque is no longer limited and the
Only deactivate ESP® in the situations descri-
drive wheels are able to spin.
bed in the following.
RTraction control is still activated.

It may be best to deactivate ESP® in the follow- RActive Brake Assist is no longer available; nor
ing situations: is it activated if you brake firmly with assis-
tance from ESP®
Rwhen using snow chains
RPRE-SAFE® is no longer available, nor is it
Rin deep snow
activated if you brake firmly and ESP® inter-
Ron sand or gravel
venes.
Spinning the wheels results in a cutting action RActive Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
which provides better grip. is no longer available; nor is it activated if you
i Activate ESP® as soon as the situations brake firmly with assistance from ESP®
described above no longer apply. ESP® will RESP® still provides support when you brake
otherwise not be able to stabilize the vehicle if firmly.
the vehicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to
spin.
Offroad ESP® (vehicles with Off-Road
! Avoid spinning the driven wheels for an Engineering package)
extended period with ESP® deactivated. You
could otherwise damage the drivetrain. An ESP® system specifically suited to off-road
terrain is activated automatically once the off-
Deactivating/activating ESP® road program is activated on:
RVehicles without the Offroad Engineering
package (Y page 219)
RVehicles with the Off-Road Engineering pack-
age (Y page 220)
Offroad ESP® intervenes with a delay if there is
oversteering or understeering, thus improving
traction.

Crosswind Assist
General information
Strong crosswind gusts can impair the ability of
your vehicle to drive straight ahead. The cross-

Z
72 Driving safety systems

wind driving assistance function integrated in Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic
ESP® noticeably reduces these impairments. function
ESP® intervenes automatically according to the
direction and intensity of the crosswinds affect- General information
ing your vehicle.
i Pay attention to the important safety notes
ESP® intervenes with stabilizing braking to in the "Driving safety systems" section
assist you in keeping the vehicle in the lane. (Y page 66).
Crosswind Assist is active at vehicle speeds
above 50 mph (80 km/h) when driving straight Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
Safety

ahead or cornering gently. can help you to minimize the risk of a collision
with a vehicle in front or a pedestrian and reduce
Important safety notes the effects of such a collision. If the Active Brake
Assist with cross-traffic function detects a risk
Crosswind Assist does not work if ESP® is of collision, you will be warned visually and
switched off or deactivated because of a mal- acoustically and, if necessary, your brake appli-
function. cation will be assisted according to the situa-
tion. If you do not react, the system can also
react by braking automatically. In the event of a
EBD (electronic brake force distribu- detected risk of collision due to crossing traffic,
tion) you will also be visually and acoustically warned
as well as assisted by the brake boosting effect
General information according to the situation.
Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function is
EBD monitors and controls the brake pressure
only available in vehicles with the Driving Assis-
on the rear wheels to improve driving stability
tance Plus package.
while braking.
For Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic func-
tion to assist you when driving, the radar sensor
Important safety notes system and the camera system must be opera-
i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec- tional.
tion for driving safety systems (Y page 66). If the radar sensor system or the camera system
is malfunctioning, Active Brake Assist with
G WARNING cross-traffic function is restricted or no longer
If EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheels can available. The brake system is still available with
lock, e.g. under full braking. This increases the complete brake boosting effect and BAS.
risk of skidding and an accident. The radar sensor system and camera system
help Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic func-
You should therefore adapt your driving style tion to detect obstacles that are in the path of
to the different handling characteristics. Have your vehicle for an extended period of time.
the brake system checked at a qualified spe- In addition, pedestrians in the path of your vehi-
cialist workshop. cle can be detected.
Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
Observe information regarding indicator and detects pedestrians using typical characteris-
warning lamps (Y page 282) as well as display tics such as body contours and the posture of a
messages (Y page 251). person standing upright.
i Observe the restrictions described in the
"Important safety notes" section
ADAPTIVE BRAKE (Y page 73).
ADAPTIVE BRAKE enhances braking safety and
offers increased braking comfort. In addition to
the braking function, ADAPTIVE BRAKE also has
the HOLD function (Y page 187) and hill start
assist (Y page 143).
Driving safety systems 73

Important safety notes In order to maintain the appropriate distance to


the vehicle in front and thus prevent a collision,
G WARNING you must apply the brakes yourself.
Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function G WARNING
will initially brake your vehicle by a partial
Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
application of the brakes if a danger of colli-
does not react:
sion is detected. There may be a collision
unless you brake yourself. Even after subse- Rto small people, e.g. children

Safety
quent full application of the brakes a collision Rto animals
cannot always be avoided, particularly when Rto oncoming vehicles
approaching at too high a speed. There is a Rwhen cornering
risk of an accident.
As a result, Active Brake Assist with cross-
Always apply the brakes yourself and try to traffic function may not warn you or engage in
take evasive action, provided it is safe to do all critical situations. There is a risk of an acci-
so. dent.
In the event of a partial application of the brakes, Always pay careful attention to the traffic sit-
the vehicle is braked with up to 50% of the full uation and be ready to brake.
braking pressure.
In the event of snowfall or heavy rain, the rec-
G WARNING ognition can be impaired.
Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function Recognition by the radar sensor system is also
cannot always clearly identify objects and impaired if:
complex traffic situations. Rthere is dirt on the sensors or anything else
In such cases, Active Brake Assist with cross- covering the sensors
traffic function might: Rthere is interference by other radar sources
Rthere are strong radar reflections, for exam-
Rissue an unnecessary warning or engage
ple in parking garages
Rneither give a warning nor intervene Ra narrow vehicle is traveling in front, e.g. a
There is a risk of an accident. motorbike
Always pay particular attention to the traffic Ra vehicle is traveling in front on a different line
situation and be prepared to brake, especially relative to the center of your vehicle
if Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic func- Rvehicles quickly move into the radar sensor

tion alerts you. Terminate the intervention in a system detection range


non-critical driving situation. Recognition by the camera system is also
impaired in the event of:
G WARNING Rdirt on the camera or if the camera is covered
Rglare on the camera system, e.g. from the sun
Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
being low in the sky
cannot always clearly identify people, partic-
Rdarkness
ularly if they are moving. Active Brake Assist
Ror if:
with cross-traffic function cannot intervene in
- pedestrians move quickly, e.g. into the path
these cases. There is a risk of an accident.
of the vehicle
Always pay particular attention to the traffic - the camera system no longer recognizes a
situation and be prepared to brake, especially pedestrian as a person due to special cloth-
if Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic func- ing or other objects
tion alerts you. - a pedestrian is concealed by other objects
- the typical outline of a person is not distin-
guishable from the background

Z
74 Driving safety systems

Following damage to the front end of the vehicle, action or accelerate significantly, the vehicle
have the configuration and operation of the may perform automatic emergency braking, up
radar sensors checked at a qualified specialist to the point of full brake application. Automatic
workshop. This also applies to collisions at slow emergency braking is not performed until imme-
speeds where there is no visible damage to the diately prior to an imminent accident.
front of the vehicle. If you apply the brake yourself in a critical sit-
Following damage to the windshield, have the uation or during autonomous braking, braking
configuration and operation of the camera sys- assistance is provided according to the situa-
tem checked at a qualified specialist workshop. tion. If necessary, this increases the brake pres-
Safety

sure up to full brake application.


Function To avoid a collision, Active Brake Assist with
cross-traffic function calculates the brake force
X To activate or deactivate: activate or deac- necessary if:
tivate Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic
Ryou approach an obstacle, and
function using the on-board computer
(Y page 242). RActive Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
If the Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic has detected a risk of a collision
function is deactivated, the æ symbol When driving at a speed under 20 mph
appears in the multifunction display. (30 km/h): if you depress the brake pedal,
If you have activated DSR (Y page 218), the Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function is
Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function is activated. The increase in brake pressure from
deactivated. Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function is
carried out at the last possible moment.
Starting at a speed of around 4 mph (7 km/h),
this function warns you if you rapidly approach a When driving at a speed above 20 mph
vehicle in front. An intermittent warning tone (30 km/h): if you depress the brake pedal
will then sound and the · distance warning sharply, Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic
lamp will light up in the instrument cluster. function automatically increases the brake pres-
sure to a degree suited to the traffic situation.
X Brake immediately to defuse the situation.
Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function
or provides braking assistance in hazardous situa-
X Take evasive action provided it is safe to do tions with vehicles in front within a speed range
so. between 4 mph (7 km/h) and 155 mph
Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic function (250 km/h).
can also brake the vehicle automatically under Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph
the following conditions: (70 km/h) the Active Brake Assist with cross-
Rthe driver and front-passenger have their seat
traffic function assists you with braking in haz-
ardous situations with:
belts fastened
and Rstationary obstacles in the path of the vehicle,

Rthe vehicle speed is between approximately


e.g. stopped or parked vehicles
4 mph (7 km/h) and 124 mph (200 km/h) Rstationary pedestrians in the path of the vehi-
cle
Up to a speed of approximately 44 mph
(70 km/h), Active Brake Assist with cross-traffic Robstacles crossing your path that move in the
function may react to: detection range of the sensors and are detec-
ted
Rstationary objects in the path of your vehicle,
X Keep the brake pedal depressed until the
e.g. stopped or parked vehicles
emergency braking situation is over.
Rpedestrians in the path of your vehicle
ABS prevents the wheels from locking.
i If there is an increased risk of a collision, You can prevent the intervention of Active Brake
preventive passenger protection measures Assist with cross-traffic function at any time by:
(PRE-SAFE®) are triggered (Y page 58). Rdepressing the accelerator pedal further
If the risk of collision with the vehicle in front Ractivating kickdown
remains and you do not brake, take evasive Rreleasing the brake pedal
Protection against theft 75

The braking application of Active Brake Assist i The immobilizer is always deactivated when
with cross-traffic function is ended automati- you start the engine.
cally if: In the event that the engine cannot be started
Ryou maneuver to avoid the obstacle (yet the vehicle's battery is charged), the sys-
Rthere is no longer a risk of collision tem is not operational. Contact an authorized
Rthere is no longer an obstacle detected in
Mercedes-Benz Center or call
1-800 FOR-MERCEDES (in the USA) or
front of your vehicle
1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

Safety
STEER CONTROL ATA (anti-theft alarm system)
General information
STEER CONTROL helps you by transmitting a
noticeable steering force to the steering wheel
in the direction required for vehicle stabilization.
This steering assistance is provided in particular
if:
Rboth right wheels or both left wheels are on a
wet or slippery road surface when you brake
Rthe vehicle starts to skid

Important safety notes


X To arm: lock the vehicle with the SmartKey or
i Observe the "Important safety notes" sec- KEYLESS-GO.
tion (Y page 66). Indicator lamp : flashes. The alarm system
No steering assistance is provided from STEER is armed after approximately 15 seconds.
CONTROL, if: X To switch off using the SmartKey: unlock
RESP® the vehicle with the SmartKey.
is deactivated
RESP®
or
is malfunctioning
X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.
Rthe steering is malfunctioning
X To switch off using KEYLESS-GO: unlock
If ESP® is malfunctioning, you will be assisted the vehicle with KEYLESS-GO.
further by the electrical power steering.
or
X Press the Start/Stop button on the dash-
board. The SmartKey must be inside the vehi-
Protection against theft cle.
Immobilizer A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the
alarm system is armed and you open:
X To activate with the SmartKey: remove the
SmartKey from the ignition lock. Ra door
X To activate with KEYLESS-GO: switch the Rthe vehicle with the mechanical key
ignition off and open the driver's door. Rthe tailgate
X To deactivate: switch on the ignition. Rthe hood

The immobilizer prevents your vehicle from


being started without the correct SmartKey.
When leaving the vehicle, always take the
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Anyone
can start the engine if a valid SmartKey has been
left inside the vehicle.

Z
76 Protection against theft

X To switch the alarm off with the Smart-


Key: press the % or & button on the
SmartKey.
The alarm is stopped.
or
X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.
The alarm is stopped.
X To stop the alarm using KEYLESS-GO:
grasp the outside door handle. The SmartKey
Safety

must be outside the vehicle.


The alarm is stopped.
or
X Press the Start/Stop button on the dash-
board. The SmartKey must be inside the vehi-
cle.
The alarm is stopped.
The alarm is not switched off, even if you close
the open door that triggered it, for example.
i If the alarm continues for more than
30 seconds, the mbrace emergency call sys-
tem automatically notifies the Customer
Assistance Center. This is done either by text
message or data connection. The emergency
call system sends the message or data provi-
ded that:
Ryou have subscribed to the mbrace service.
Rthe mbrace service has been activated
properly.
Rthe necessary mobile phone network is
available.
SmartKey 77

SmartKey Do not keep the KEYLESS-GO or KEYLESS-GO


Start function key in the temperature-controlled
Important safety notes cup holder. Otherwise, the KEYLESS-GO or KEY-
LESS-GO Start function key will not be detected.
G WARNING Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO start function: do
If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, not keep the SmartKey in the cargo compart-
they could: ment. Otherwise, the SmartKey may not be
detected, e.g. when starting the engine using
Ropen the doors, thus endangering other the Start/Stop button.
people or road users.
Rget out and disrupt traffic.
SmartKey functions

Opening and closing


Roperate the vehicle's equipment.
Additionally, children could set the vehicle in
motion if, for example, they:
Rrelease the parking brake.
Rshifting the automatic transmission out of
park position P
RStart the engine.
There is a risk of an accident and injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take the
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never
leave children or animals unattended in the : & Locks the vehicle
vehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out of ; F Opens/closes the tailgate
reach of children. = % Unlocks the vehicle

G WARNING X To unlock centrally: press the % button.


If you do not open the vehicle within approx-
If you attach heavy or large objects to the imately 40 seconds of unlocking:
SmartKey, the SmartKey could be uninten-
Rthe vehicle is locked again
tionally turned in the ignition lock. This could
Ranti-theft protection is reactivated
cause the engine to be switched off. There is a
risk of an accident. X To lock centrally: press the & button.
Do not attach any heavy or large objects to the The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks the
SmartKey. Remove any bulky key rings before following components:
inserting the SmartKey into the ignition lock. Rthe doors
Rthe tailgate
! Keep the SmartKey away from strong mag- Rthe fuel filler flap
netic fields. Otherwise, the remote control
function could be affected. The turn signals flash once when unlocking and
three times when locking.
Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicin-
ity of powerful electrical installations. You can also set an audible signal to confirm
that the vehicle has been locked. The audible
Do not keep the SmartKey: signal can be activated and deactivated using
Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobile phone the on-board computer (Y page 244).
or another SmartKey. You will receive visual and acoustic locking con-
Rwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal foil. firmation if all components were able to be
Rinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal case. locked.
This can affect the functionality of the Smart-
Key.

Z
78 SmartKey

If activated in the multimedia system, the loca-


tor lighting also lights up in the dark (see the
Digital Operator's Manual).
X To open the tailgate automatically from
outside the vehicle: press and hold the F
button until the tailgate opens.
Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO:
X To close the tailgate automatically from
outside the vehicle: if the SmartKey is loca-
ted in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle,
press the F button on the SmartKey.
Opening and closing

When the tailgate closes you can then release X To unlock the vehicle: touch the inner sur-
the button. face of the door handle.
X To lock the vehicle: touch sensor surface :
or ;.
KEYLESS-GO Make sure that you do not touch the inner
surface of the door handle.
General notes X Convenience closing feature: touch
Bear in mind that the engine can be started by recessed sensor surface ; for an extended
any of the vehicle occupants if there is a KEY- period.
LESS-GO key in the vehicle (Y page 142). Further information on the convenience closing
feature (Y page 90).
Locking/unlocking centrally If you pull on the handle of the tailgate, only the
cargo compartment of the vehicle is unlocked.
You can start, lock or unlock the vehicle using
KEYLESS-GO. To do this, you only need carry the
SmartKey with you. You can combine the func- Deactivating and activating
tions of KEYLESS-GO with those of a conven-
If you do not intend to use a SmartKey for an
tional SmartKey. Unlock the vehicle by using
extended period of time, you can deactivate the
KEYLESS-GO, for instance, and lock it using the
KEYLESS-GO function of the SmartKey. The
& button on the SmartKey.
SmartKey will then use very little power, thereby
The driver's door and the door at which the han- conserving battery power. For the purposes of
dle is used, must both be closed. The SmartKey activation/deactivation, the vehicle must not be
must be outside the vehicle. When locking or nearby.
unlocking with KEYLESS-GO, the distance
X To deactivate: press the & button on the
between the SmartKey and the corresponding
door handle must not be greater than 3 ft (1 m). SmartKey twice in rapid succession.
The battery check lamp of the SmartKey
KEYLESS-GO checks whether a valid SmartKey flashes twice briefly and lights up once, KEY-
is in the vehicle by periodically establishing a LESS-GO is deactivated (Y page 80).
radio connection between the vehicle and the
X To activate: press any button on the Smart-
SmartKey. This happens:
Key.
Rwhen starting the engine
or
Rwhile driving
X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.
Rwhen the external door handles are touched KEYLESS-GO and all of its associated features
Rduring convenience closing are available again.
SmartKey 79

KEYLESS-GO start function Mechanical key


General notes General notes
Bear in mind that the engine can be started by If the vehicle can no longer be locked or
any of the vehicle occupants if there is a Smart- unlocked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS-
Key in the vehicle (Y page 142). GO, use the mechanical key.
If you use the mechanical key to unlock and
open the driver's door, the anti-theft alarm sys-
Changing the settings of the locking tem will be triggered. Switch off the alarm
system (Y page 75).
If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical
You can change the settings of the locking sys-

Opening and closing


key, the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked auto-
tem. This means that only the driver's door and matically.
the fuel filler flap are unlocked when the vehicle
is unlocked. This is useful if you frequently travel X To unlock the fuel filler flap: insert the
alone. SmartKey into the ignition lock.
X To change the setting: press and hold down
the % and & buttons simultaneously Removing the mechanical key
for about six seconds until the battery indica-
tor lamp flashes twice (Y page 80).
If the setting of the locking system is changed
within the signal range of the vehicle, pressing
the & or % button:
Rlocks or
Runlocks the vehicle
The SmartKey now functions as follows:
X To unlock: press the % button once.
X To unlock centrally: press the % button
twice.
X To lock centrally: press the & button. X Push release catch : in the direction of the
The KEYLESS-GO function is changed as fol- arrow and at the same time remove mechan-
lows: ical key ; from the SmartKey.
X To unlock the driver's door: touch the inner For further information about:
surface of the door handle on the driver's RUnlocking the driver's door (Y page 84)
door. RUnlocking the cargo compartment
X To unlock centrally: touch the inner surface (Y page 88)
of the door handle on the front-passenger RLocking the vehicle (Y page 84)
door or the rear door.
X To lock centrally: touch the outer sensor Inserting the mechanical key
surface on one of the door handles
(Y page 78). X Push mechanical key ; completely into the
SmartKey until it engages and release
X To restore the factory settings: press and catch : is back in its basic position.
hold down the % and & buttons simul-
taneously for approximately six seconds until
the battery check lamp flashes twice
(Y page 80).

Z
80 SmartKey

SmartKey battery Checking the battery


Important safety notes
G WARNING
Batteries contain toxic and corrosive substan-
ces. If batteries are swallowed, it can result in
severe health problems. There is a risk of fatal
injury.
Keep batteries out of the reach of children. If
a battery is swallowed, seek medical attention
Opening and closing

immediately.
X Press the & or % button.
H Environmental note The battery is working properly if battery
Batteries contain dangerous check lamp : lights up briefly.
substances. It is against the The battery is discharged if battery check
law to dispose of them with lamp : does not light up briefly.
the household rubbish. They X Change the battery (Y page 80).
must be collected separately If the SmartKey battery is checked within the
and recycled to protect the signal reception range of the vehicle, pressing
environment. the & or % button:
Dispose of batteries in an Rlocks or
environmentally friendly Runlocks the vehicle
manner. Take discharged i You can get a battery at any qualified spe-
batteries to a qualified spe- cialist workshop.
cialist workshop or a special
collection point for used bat- Replacing the battery
teries.
You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery.
The SmartKey batteries contain perchlorate X Take the mechanical key out of the SmartKey
material, which may require special handling (Y page 79).
and regard for the environment. National guide-
lines must be observed during disposal. In Cal-
ifornia, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/
HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the
batteries replaced at a qualified specialist work-
shop.

X Press mechanical key ; into the SmartKey


opening in the direction of the arrow until bat-
tery compartment cover : opens. Do not
hold battery compartment cover : closed
while doing so.
X Remove battery compartment cover :.
SmartKey 81

X Insert the front tabs of battery compartment


cover : into the housing first and then press
to close it.
X Insert mechanical key ; into the SmartKey
(Y page 79).
X Check the function of all SmartKey buttons on
the vehicle.

Opening and closing


X Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your
palm until battery = falls out.
X Insert the new battery with the positive ter-
minal facing upwards. Use a lint-free cloth to
do so.
X Make sure that the surface of the battery is
free of lint, grease and other contaminants.

Problems with the SmartKey


Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
You can no longer lock or The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.
unlock the vehicle using X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 80) and replace it if necessary
the SmartKey. (Y page 80).
If this does not work:
X Unlock (Y page 84) or lock (Y page 84) the vehicle using the
mechanical key.
There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.
X Unlock (Y page 84) or lock (Y page 84) the vehicle using the
mechanical key.
The SmartKey is faulty.
X Unlock (Y page 84) or lock (Y page 84) the vehicle using the
mechanical key.
X Have the SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

You can no longer lock or KEYLESS-GO was deactivated.


unlock the vehicle using X Reactivate KEYLESS-GO (Y page 78).
KEYLESS-GO.
The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.
X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 80) and replace it if necessary
(Y page 80).
If this does not work:
X Unlock (Y page 84) or lock (Y page 84) the vehicle using the
mechanical key.

Z
82 SmartKey

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions


There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.
X Unlock (Y page 84) or lock (Y page 84) the vehicle using the
mechanical key.
KEYLESS-GO is malfunctioning.
X Lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the
SmartKey.
X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist
workshop.
Opening and closing

If the vehicle can also not be locked/unlocked using the remote con-
trol function:
X Unlock (Y page 84) or lock (Y page 84) the vehicle using the
mechanical key.
X Have the vehicle and SmartKey checked at a qualified specialist
workshop.
The engine cannot be The on-board voltage is too low.
started using the Smart- X Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g. seat heating or interior
Key. lighting, and try to start the engine again.
If this does not work:
X Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary (Y page 346).
or
X Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 346).
or
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine cannot be The vehicle is locked.


started using the Start/ X Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again.
Stop button. The Smart-
Key is in the vehicle. The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.
X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 80) and replace it if necessary
(Y page 80).
If this does not work:
X Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock.

There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.


X Start your vehicle with the SmartKey in the ignition lock.

You have lost a Smart- X Have the SmartKey deactivated at a qualified specialist workshop.
Key. X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.
X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.

You have lost the X Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers.
mechanical key. X If necessary, have the locks changed as well.
Doors 83

Doors X Front door: pull door handle ;.


If the door is locked, locking knob : pops up.
Important safety notes The door is unlocked and can be opened.
X Rear door: pull door handle ;.
G WARNING If the door is locked, locking knob : pops up
If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, and the door unlocks.
they could: X Pull door handle ; again.
The door can be opened.
Ropen the doors, thus endangering other
people or road users.
Rget out and disrupt traffic.
Centrally locking and unlocking the

Opening and closing


Roperate the vehicle's equipment. vehicle from the inside
Additionally, children could set the vehicle in You can centrally lock or unlock the vehicle from
motion if, for example, they: the inside. The buttons are located on both front
Rrelease the parking brake. doors.
Rshifting the automatic transmission out of
park position P
RStart the engine.
There is a risk of an accident and injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take the
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never
leave children or animals unattended in the
vehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out of
reach of children.

X To unlock: press button :.


Unlocking and opening doors from X To lock: press button ;.
the inside If the front-passenger door is closed, the vehi-
cle locks.
You can open a door from inside the vehicle
even if it has been locked. You can only open the Meanwhile, the fuel filler flap will not be locked
rear doors from inside the vehicle if they are not or unlocked.
secured by the child-proof locks (Y page 65). You cannot unlock the vehicle centrally from the
If the vehicle has previously been locked from inside if the vehicle has been locked from the
the outside, opening a door from the inside will outside.
trigger the anti-theft alarm system. Switch off You can open a front door from inside the vehi-
the alarm (Y page 75). cle even if it has been locked.
If a locked door is opened from the inside, the
previous unlock status of the vehicle will be
taken into consideration if:
Rthe vehicle was locked using the locking but-
ton for the central locking, or
Rif the vehicle was locked automatically
The vehicle will be fully unlocked if it had previ-
ously been fully unlocked. If only the driver's
door had been previously unlocked, only the
door which has been opened from the inside is
unlocked.

Z
84 Cargo compartment

Automatic locking feature Unlocking/locking the driver's door


using the mechanical key
i If you want to centrally lock the vehicle using
the mechanical key, begin by pressing the
locking button for the interior locking mech-
anism while the driver's door is open. Then
proceed to lock the driver's door using the
mechanical key.
Opening and closing

X To deactivate: press and hold button : for


about five seconds until a tone sounds.
X To activate: press and hold button ; for
about five seconds until a tone sounds.
If you press one of the two buttons and do not
hear a tone, the relevant setting has already
been selected.
The vehicle is locked automatically when the X Insert the mechanical key into the lock of the
ignition is switched on and the wheels are turn- driver's door as far as it will go.
ing. X To unlock: turn the mechanical key counter-
You could therefore be locked out if: clockwise to position 1.
X To lock: turn the mechanical key clockwise as
Rthe vehicle is being pushed.
far as it will go to position 1.
Rthe vehicle is being towed.
Rthe vehicle is on a roller dynamometer. If you use the mechanical key to unlock and
open the driver's door, the anti-theft alarm sys-
You can also switch the automatic locking func- tem will be triggered. Switch off the alarm
tion on and off using the on-board computer (Y page 75).
(Y page 244).
If you lock the vehicle as described above, the
fuel filler flap is not locked. The anti-theft alarm
system is not armed.
Power closing
Power closing pulls the doors and tailgate into
their locks automatically even if they are not Cargo compartment
completely closed.
X To power close a door: push the door into
Important safety notes
the lock up to the first detent position. G WARNING
Power closing will pull the door fully closed.
X To power close the tailgate: lightly press Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
the tailgate downwards. gases such as carbon monoxide. If the tailgate
Power closing will pull the tailgate fully is open when the engine is running, particu-
closed. larly if the vehicle is moving, exhaust fumes
could enter the passenger compartment.
There is a risk of poisoning.
Turn off the engine before opening the tail-
gate. Never drive with the tailgate open.
Cargo compartment 85

G WARNING G WARNING
If objects, luggage or loads are not secured or The reversing feature does not respond:
not secured sufficiently, they could slip, tip Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. fingers
over or be flung around and thereby hit vehicle
Rover the last Ó in (8 mm) of the closing
occupants. There is a risk of injury, particu-
movement
larly in the event of sudden braking or a sud-
den change in direction. The reversing feature cannot prevent some-
one from becoming trapped in these situa-
Always store objects so that they cannot be
tions in particular. There is a risk of injury.
flung around. Secure objects, luggage or
loads against slipping or tipping before the Make sure that no body parts are in close
proximity during the closing procedure.

Opening and closing


journey.
If somebody becomes trapped:
! The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear Rpress the F button on the SmartKey, or
when opened. Therefore, make sure that
there is sufficient clearance above and behind Rpull or press the remote operating switch
the tailgate. on the driver's door or
The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be Rpress the closing or locking button on the
found in the "Vehicle data" section tailgate or
(Y page 392). Rpull the handle on the tailgate
You should preferably place luggage or loads in
the cargo compartment. Observe the loading
guidelines (Y page 300).
Do not leave the SmartKey in the cargo com- Opening and closing manually from
partment. You could otherwise lock yourself outside
out.
You can: Opening
Rclose the tailgate manually from outside
Ropen and close the tailgate automatically
from outside
Ropen and close the tailgate automatically
from inside
Rlimit the opening angle of the tailgate
Runlock the tailgate from inside with the emer-
gency release

Tailgate reversing feature


On vehicles with the tailgate remote closing fea- X Press the % button on the SmartKey.
ture, the tailgate is equipped with automatic X Pull handle : and release it.
obstacle recognition with a reversing feature. If The tailgate opens automatically.
a solid object blocks or restricts the tailgate
when automatically opening or closing, this pro-
cedure is stopped. If the tailgate is stopped dur-
ing the closing procedure, it will open again
automatically. The automatic obstacle recogni-
tion with reversing feature is only an aid. It is not
a substitute for your attentiveness when open-
ing and closing the tailgate.

Z
86 Cargo compartment

Closing is open when the engine is running, particu-


larly if the vehicle is moving, exhaust fumes
could enter the passenger compartment.
There is a risk of poisoning.
Turn off the engine before opening the tail-
gate. Never drive with the tailgate open.

! The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear


when opened. Therefore, make sure that
there is sufficient clearance above and behind
the tailgate.
Opening and closing

Two warning tones sound while the tailgate is


opening or closing.
X Pull the tailgate down using recess :.
The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be
X Allow the tailgate to drop into the lock.
found in the "Vehicle data" section
X Lock the vehicle if necessary with the & (Y page 392).
button on the SmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO.
i Notes on the automatic reversing feature for
i If a KEYLESS-GO key is detected in the cargo the tailgate (Y page 85).
compartment, the tailgate will not lock.
Opening the tailgate automatically
Opening/closing automatically from You can open the tailgate automatically with the
the outside SmartKey or the handle in the tailgate.
X Press and hold the F button on the Smart-
Important safety notes Key until the tailgate opens.
or
G WARNING X When the tailgate is unlocked, pull the tailgate
Parts of the body could become trapped dur- handle and let it go again immediately.
ing automatic closing of the tailgate. More- or
over, people, e.g. children, may be standing in X With the tailgate stopped in an intermediate
the closing area or may enter the closing area position, pull the tailgate upwards.
during the closing process. There is a risk of You can release the tailgate as soon as the
injury. tailgate starts to open.
Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the
closing area during the closing process. Closing the tailgate automatically
Use one of the following options to stop the
closing process:
Rpress the F button on the SmartKey.
Rpull or press the remote operating switch
on the driver's door.
Rpress the closing or locking button on the
tailgate.
Rpull the handle on the tailgate

G WARNING
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
gases such as carbon monoxide. If the tailgate
Cargo compartment 87

X To close: press closing button : in the tail- open the tailgate pull on the remote operating
gate. switch.
or
X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO or KEYLESS-GO G WARNING
starting function: press and hold the F
button on the SmartKey until the tailgate Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
closes. gases such as carbon monoxide. If the tailgate
You can release the button as soon as the is open when the engine is running, particu-
tailgate starts to close. larly if the vehicle is moving, exhaust fumes
or could enter the passenger compartment.
X Pull the tailgate down slightly. There is a risk of poisoning.
You can release the tailgate as soon as the

Opening and closing


Turn off the engine before opening the tail-
tailgate starts to close.
gate. Never drive with the tailgate open.
Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO or KEYLESS-GO
starting function: you can close and lock the ! The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear
tailgate simultaneously. when opened. Therefore, make sure that
X Press locking button ; in the tailgate. there is sufficient clearance above and behind
If a KEYLESS-GO or KEYLESS-GO starting the tailgate.
function key is detected outside the vehicle, Two warning tones sound while the tailgate is
the tailgate closes and locks. All the doors opening or closing.
must be shut and the SmartKey located in the The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be
vicinity of the tailgate. found in the "Vehicle data" section
i The tailgate cannot be opened and closed (Y page 392).
with the SmartKey if there is a SmartKey in the
ignition. i Notes on the automatic reversing feature for
the tailgate (Y page 85).
If the tailgate touches an object while closing,
the closing procedure is interrupted and the
tailgate reopens. Opening and closing
If a KEYLESS-GO or KEYLESS-GO starting
function key is detected in the cargo com-
partment, the tailgate will not lock.

Opening/closing automatically from


inside
Important safety notes
G WARNING
Parts of the body could become trapped dur-
ing automatic closing of the tailgate. In addi- X To open: pull remote operating switch : for
tion, people may be standing in the closing the tailgate until the tailgate opens.
area or may enter the closing area, e.g. chil- X To close: turn the SmartKey to position 1 or
dren, during the closing procedure. There is a 2 in the ignition lock.
risk of injury. X Press remote operating switch for tailgate :
until the tailgate is completely closed.
Make sure that nobody is in the vicinity of the
closing area during the closing process. You can open and close the tailgate from the
Release the remote operating switch imme- driver's seat when the vehicle is stationary and
unlocked.
diately if somebody becomes trapped. To re-

Z
88 Side windows

Limiting the opening angle of the tail- Opening


gate
General notes
! Make sure there is sufficient clearance to
open the tailgate fully when setting the open-
ing angle. The tailgate could otherwise be
damaged. Ideally, set the opening angle out-
side.

Activating
Opening and closing

You can limit the opening angle of the tailgate.


This is possible in the top half of its opening X Take mechanical key ; out of the SmartKey
range, up to approximately 4 in (10 cm) before (Y page 79).
the stop. X Insert mechanical key ; or a suitable tool,
X To open the tailgate: pull the handle on the e.g. a thin screwdriver, into opening : in the
tailgate. paneling and push it in.
X To stop the opening procedure at the The tailgate is released.
desired position: press the closing button in X Open the tailgate.
the tailgate or pull the handle on the outside X Insert mechanical key ; into the SmartKey
of the tailgate again. (Y page 79).
X To save the position: press and hold the
closing button in the tailgate until two short
tones sound.
The opening angle limiter is activated. The
Side windows
tailgate will now stop in the stored position Important safety notes
when opening.
G WARNING
Deactivating While opening the side windows, body parts
X Press and hold the closing button in the tail- could become trapped between the side win-
gate until you hear a short tone. dow and the door frame as the side window
moves. There is a risk of injury.
Make sure that nobody touches the side win-
Tailgate emergency release dow during the opening procedure. If some-
body becomes trapped, release the switch or
General notes pull the switch to close the side window again.
! The tailgate swings upwards and to the rear
when opened. Therefore, make sure that G WARNING
there is sufficient clearance above and behind While closing the side windows, body parts in
the tailgate. the closing area could become trapped. There
The opening dimensions of the tailgate can be is a risk of injury.
found in the "Vehicle data" section When closing make sure that no parts of the
(Y page 392).
body are in the closing area. If somebody
If the tailgate can no longer be unlocked:
becomes trapped, release the switch or press
Rusing the SmartKey, or
the switch to open the side window again.
Rusing the remote operating switch in the door
control panel:
Use the emergency release.
Side windows 89

G WARNING
If children operate the side windows they
could become trapped, particularly if they are
left unsupervised. There is a risk of injury.
Activate the override feature for the rear side
windows. When leaving the vehicle, always
take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehi-
cle. Never leave children unsupervised in the
vehicle.

Opening and closing


: Front left
Side window reversing feature ; Front right
= Rear right
The side windows are equipped with an auto-
matic reversing feature. If a solid object blocks ? Rear left
or restricts a side window during the closing X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
process, the side window opens again automat- ignition lock.
ically. However, the automatic reversing feature X To open manually: press and hold the cor-
is only an aid and does not relieve you of the responding switch.
responsibility of paying attention when closing a X To open fully: press the switch beyond the
side window.
pressure point and release it.
G WARNING Automatic operation is started.
X To close manually: pull the corresponding
The reversing feature does not react:
switch and hold it.
Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small fin- X To close fully: pull the switch beyond the
gers pressure point and release it.
Rover the last 1/6 in(4 mm) of the closing Automatic operation is started.
movement X To interrupt automatic operation: press/
Rduring resetting pull the corresponding switch again.
Rwhen closing the side window again man- If you press the switch beyond the pressure
point and release, automatic operation is star-
ually immediately after automatic reversing
ted in the corresponding direction. You can stop
This means that the reversing feature cannot automatic operation by pressing/pulling the
prevent someone being trapped in these sit- switch again.
uations. There is a risk of injury. You can continue to operate the side windows
Make sure that no body parts are in close after you switch off the engine or remove the
SmartKey. This function is available for up to five
proximity during the closing procedure. If
minutes or until the driver's or front-passenger
someone becomes trapped, press the switch door is opened.
to open the side window again. The side windows cannot be operated from the
rear when the override feature for the side win-
dows is activated (Y page 65).
Opening and closing the side win-
dows
Opening and closing the hinged side
The switches for all side windows are located on windows
the driver's door. There is also a switch on each
door for the corresponding side window. The hinged side windows are operated electri-
The switches on the driver's door take prece- cally from the from the driver's seat.
dence.

Z
90 Side windows

Convenience opening
X Vehicles without KEYLESS-GO: point the tip
of the SmartKey at the door handle on the
driver's door.
X Press and hold the % button until the side
windows and the sliding sunroof or panorama
roof with power tilt/sliding panel are in the
desired position.
If the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof
with power tilt/sliding panel are closed, the
roller sunblinds are opened first.
Opening and closing

X Press and hold the % button again until the


X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
ignition lock. panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel is
in the desired position.
X To open fully: press switch : and release it.
X To interrupt convenience opening: release
X To close fully: pull switch : and release it.
the % button.
X To stop the closing procedure: press
switch : again.
If the hinged side windows become blocked dur- Convenience closing feature
ing closing, the closing procedure is stopped.
The hinged side windows then open again fully. Important safety notes
G WARNING
Convenience opening When the convenience closing feature is oper-
ating, parts of the body could become trapped
General notes
in the closing area of the side window and the
Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO or KEYLESS-GO sliding sunroof. There is a risk of injury.
start function: you can ventilate the vehicle Observe the complete closing procedure
before you start driving.
when the convenience closing feature is oper-
To do this, the SmartKey is used to carry out the ating. Make sure that no body parts are in
following functions simultaneously:
close proximity during the closing procedure.
Runlock the vehicle
Ropen the side windows When you lock the vehicle, you can simultane-
Ropen the hinged side windows ously:
Ropen the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof Rclose the side windows
with power tilt/sliding panel and the roller Rclose the hinged side windows
sunblinds Rclose the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof
Rswitch on the seat ventilation for the driver's with power tilt/sliding panel
seat On vehicles with a panorama roof with power
The convenience opening feature can only be tilt/sliding panel, you can then close the roller
operated using the SmartKey. The SmartKey sunblinds.
must be close to the vehicle. For vehicles with- Proceed as follows if someone is trapped:
out KEYLESS-GO, the SmartKey must be near
the driver's door handle. RRelease the & button to interrupt the clos-
ing procedure.
The "convenience opening" feature is also avail-
able when the vehicle is unlocked. RPress and hold the % button to open.
Side windows 91

Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: Using KEYLESS-GO


RRelease the sensor surfaces on the exterior
door handle to interrupt the closing proce-
dure.
RTo open, pull the same door handle immedi-
ately and hold it firmly. The door windows and
the sliding sunroof will open for as long as the
door handle is held but the door is not
opened.
Notes on the automatic reversing feature for:
Rthe side window (Y page 89)

Opening and closing


Rthe sliding sunroof (Y page 93)
Rthe panorama roof with power tilt/sliding
panel (Y page 93) XTouch recessed sensor surface : on the
door handle until the side windows and the
sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with
Using the SmartKey power tilt/sliding panel are fully closed.
The SmartKey must be close to the vehicle. For i Make sure you only touch recessed sensor
vehicles without KEYLESS-GO, the SmartKey surface :.
must be near the driver's door handle. X Make sure that all the side windows and the
X Vehicles without KEYLESS-GO: point the tip sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power
of the SmartKey at the door handle on the tilt/sliding panel are closed.
driver's door. X Vehicles with a panorama roof with
X Press and hold the & button until the side power tilt/sliding panel: touch recessed
windows and the sliding sunroof or the pano- sensor surface : on the door handle again
rama roof with power tilt/sliding panel are until the roller sunblinds of the panorama roof
fully closed. with power tilt/sliding panel close.
X Make sure that all the side windows and the X To interrupt convenience closing: release
sliding sunroof or panorama roof with power recessed sensor surface : on the door han-
tilt/sliding panel are closed. dle.
On vehicles with a panorama roof with power
tilt/sliding panel:
X Press and hold the & button again until the Resetting the side windows
roller sunblinds of the panorama roof with If a side window can no longer be closed fully,
power tilt/sliding panel close. you must reset it.
X To interrupt convenience closing: release X Close all the doors.
the & button. X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
ignition lock.
X Pull the corresponding switch on the door
control panel until the side window is com-
pletely closed (Y page 89).
X Hold the switch for an additional second.

If the side window opens again slightly:


X Immediately pull the corresponding switch on
the door control panel until the side window is
completely closed (Y page 89).
X Hold the switch for an additional second.
X If the respective side window remains closed
after the button is released, then it has been

Z
92 Sliding sunroof

set correctly. If this is not the case, repeat the


steps above.

Problems with the side windows


G WARNING
If you close a side window again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the side window
closes with increased or maximum force. The reversing feature is then not active. Parts of the
body could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increased risk of injury or
even fatal injury.
Opening and closing

Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area. To stop the closing process, release
the switch or push the switch again to reopen the side window.

Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions


A side window cannot be X Remove the objects.
closed because it is X Close the side window.
blocked by objects, e.g.
leaves in the window
guide.
A side window cannot be If a side window is obstructed during closing and reopens again
closed and you cannot slightly:
see the cause. X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the corresponding switch
again until the side window has closed.
The side window is closed with increased force.
If a side window is obstructed again during closing and reopens again
slightly:
X Immediately after the window blocks, pull the corresponding switch
again until the side window has closed.
The side window is closed without the automatic reversing feature.
The side windows cannot The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.
be opened or closed with X Check the SmartKey battery (Y page 80) and replace it if necessary
convenience opening. (Y page 80).

If a side window will still not open or close due to a malfunction, consult a qualified specialist
workshop.

Sliding sunroof G WARNING


While opening and closing the sliding sunroof,
Important safety notes
body parts in close proximity could become
Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding trapped. There is a risk of injury.
sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt/slid-
ing panel. In the following section, the term Make sure that no body parts are in close
"sliding sunroof" refers to both sliding sunroof proximity during the opening and closing pro-
variants. cedures.
Sliding sunroof 93

If somebody becomes trapped: G WARNING


Rrelease the switch immediately, or The reversing feature does not react:
Rduring automatic operation, push the Rto soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small fin-
switch briefly in any direction gers
The opening or closing procedure will be stop- Rover the last 1/6 in (4 mm) of the closing
ped. movement
Rduring resetting
G WARNING Rwhen closing the sliding sunroof again man-
If children operate the sliding sunroof they ually immediately after automatic reversing
could become trapped, particularly if they are

Opening and closing


This means that the reversing feature cannot
left unsupervised. There is a risk of injury. prevent someone being trapped in these sit-
When leaving the vehicle, always take the uations. There is a risk of injury.
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never Make sure that no body parts are in close
leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. proximity during the closing procedure.
! Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free of If somebody becomes trapped:
snow and ice. Otherwise, malfunctions may Rrelease the switch immediately, or
occur.
Rpress the switch in any direction during the
Do not allow anything to protrude from the
sliding sunroof. Otherwise, the seals could be automatic closing process
damaged. The closing process is stopped.
! The weather can change abruptly. It could
start to rain or snow. Make sure that the slid-
ing sunroof is closed when you leave the vehi- Operating the sliding sunroof
cle. The vehicle electronics can be damaged if
water enters the vehicle interior. Opening and closing
Resonance noises can occur in addition to the
usual airflow noises when the sliding sunroof is
open. They are caused by minor pressure fluc-
tuations in the vehicle interior. Change the posi-
tion of the sliding sunroof or open a side win-
dow. The noise will be reduced or eliminated.

Sliding sunroof reversing feature


Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding
sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt/slid-
ing panel. In the following section, the term : To raise
"sliding sunroof" refers to both sliding sunroof
variants. ; To open
The sliding sunroof is equipped with an auto- = To close/lower
matic reversing feature. If a solid object blocks X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
or restricts the sliding sunroof during the closing ignition lock.
process, the sliding sunroof opens again auto- X Press or pull the 2 switch in the corre-
matically. However, the automatic reversing sponding direction.
feature is only an aid and does not relieve you of
the responsibility of paying attention when clos- If you press the 2 switch beyond the pres-
ing the sliding sunroof. sure point, an automatic opening/closing proc-
ess is started in the corresponding direction.

Z
94 Sliding sunroof

You can stop automatic operation by pressing/ Operating the panorama roof with
pulling the switch again. power tilt/sliding panel
When opening and raising the roof, automatic
operation is only available if the sliding sunroof Opening and closing
is in the closed position.
The sun protection cover automatically opens
along with the sliding sunroof. You can open or
close the sun protection cover manually when
the sliding sunroof is raised or closed.
You can continue to operate the sliding sunroof
after switching off the engine or removing the
SmartKey from the ignition lock. This function is
Opening and closing

available for up to five minutes or until the driv-


er's or front-passenger door is opened.

Resetting
! If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened : To raise
or closed fully after resetting, contact a quali- ; To open
fied specialist workshop. = To close/lower
Reset the sliding sunroof if it does not move The panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel
smoothly. can only be opened when the roller sunblind is
X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the open.
ignition lock. X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
X Raise the sliding sunroof fully at the rear ignition lock.
(Y page 93). X Press or pull the 2 switch in the corre-
X Keep the 2 switch pressed for another sponding direction.
second. If you press/pull the 2 switch beyond the
X Make sure that the sliding sunroof can be fully pressure point, automatic operation is started in
opened and closed again (Y page 93). the corresponding direction. You can stop auto-
X If this is not the case, repeat the steps above. matic operation by pressing/pulling the switch
again.
The automatic raising feature is available only
when the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding
panel is closed.

Operating the roller sunblinds for the


panorama roof with power tilt/sliding
panel
Important safety notes
G WARNING
Parts of the body could become trapped
between the roller sunblind and frame or slid-
ing sunroof during automatic opening or clos-
ing. There is a risk of injury.
When opening or closing, make sure that no
body parts are in the sweep of the roller sun-
blind.
Sliding sunroof 95

If somebody becomes trapped: Opening and closing the roller sun-


blinds
Rrelease the switch immediately, or
Rduring automatic operation, push the
switch briefly in any direction
The opening or closing procedure will be stop-
ped.

The roller sunblinds shield the vehicle interior


from sunlight. The roller sunblinds can only be
opened and closed together when the pano-
rama roof with power tilt/sliding panel is closed.

Opening and closing


Roller sunblind reversing feature
: Opens
The roller sunblinds are equipped with an auto- ; Opens
matic reversing feature. If a solid object blocks
or restricts a roller sunblind during the closing = Closes
process, the roller sunblind opens again auto- X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
matically. However, the automatic reversing ignition lock.
feature is only an aid and is not a substitute of X Press or pull the 2 switch in the corre-
your attentiveness when closing the roller sun- sponding direction.
blind.
If you press the 2 switch beyond the pres-
G WARNING sure point, an automatic opening/closing proc-
The reversing feature does not react in par- ess is started in the corresponding direction.
You can stop automatic operation by pressing/
ticular to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small pulling the switch again.
fingers. This means that the reversing feature
cannot prevent someone being trapped in Resetting the panorama roof with
these situations. There is a risk of injury. power tilt/sliding panel and the roller
When closing the roller sunblind, make sure sunblinds
that no body parts are in the sweep area.
If somebody becomes trapped:
! If the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding
panel and the roller sunblinds cannot be fully
Rrelease the switch immediately, or opened or closed after resetting, contact a
Rpress the switch in any direction during the
qualified specialist workshop.
automatic closing process Reset the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding
panel and the roller sunblinds if the panorama
The closing process is stopped. roof with power tilt/sliding panel or the roller
sunblinds do not move smoothly.
X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
ignition lock.
X Pull the 2 switch repeatedly to the point of
resistance in the direction of arrow = until
the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding
panel is fully closed.
X Keep the 2 switch pulled for an additional
second.
X Pull the 2 switch repeatedly to the point of
resistance in the direction of arrow = until
the roller sunblinds are fully closed.

Z
96 Sliding sunroof

X Keep the 2 switch pulled for an additional X Make sure that the panorama roof with power
second. tilt/sliding panel and the roller sunblinds can
be fully opened again.
X If this is not the case, repeat the steps above.

Problems with the sliding sunroof


Your vehicle may be equipped with a sliding sunroof or a panorama roof with power tilt/sliding
panel. In the following section, the term "sliding sunroof" refers to both sliding sunroof variants.
G WARNING
Opening and closing

If you close the sliding sunroof again immediately after it has been blocked or reset, the sliding
sunroof closes with increased or maximum force. The reversing feature is then not active. Parts
of the body could be trapped in the closing area in the process. This poses an increased risk of
injury or even fatal injury.
Make sure that no parts of the body are in the closing area.
If somebody becomes trapped:
Rrelease the switch immediately, or
Rpress the switch in any direction during the automatic closing process
The closing process is stopped.

! If the sliding sunroof still cannot be opened or closed as a result of a malfunction, contact a
qualified specialist workshop.
Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
The sliding sunroof can- If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing and reopens again
not be closed and you slightly:
cannot see the cause. X Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks, pull the 2 switch in
the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold
it until the sliding sunroof is closed.
The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force.
If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again during closing and then
reopens slightly:
X Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks, pull the 2 switch in
the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold
it until the sliding sunroof is closed.
The sliding sunroof is closed without the automatic reversing fea-
ture.
Seats 97

Correct driver's seat position Ryou should have a good overview of traffic
conditions
Rthe seat belt is pulled snugly against the body
G WARNING and is routed across the center of your shoul-
You could lose control of your vehicle if you do der and across your hips in the pelvic area
the following while driving: Further related subjects:
Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint, RElectrical seat adjustment (Y page 98)
steering wheel or mirrors RAdjusting the steering wheel mechanically
Rfasten the seat belt (Y page 108) or electrically (Y page 109)
RFastening the seat belt correctly (Y page 48).
There is a risk of an accident.
RAdjusting the rear-view mirror and exterior
Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer- mirrors (Y page 110).
ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt RVehicles with memory function: storing the
before starting the engine. seat, steering wheel, exterior mirror and

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors


Head-up display settings with the memory
function (Y page 113)

Seats
Important safety notes
G WARNING
Children could become trapped if they adjust
the seats, particularly when unattended.
There is a risk of injury.
When leaving the vehicle, always take the
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never
leave children unsupervised in the vehicle.

The seats can still be adjusted when there is no


SmartKey in the ignition lock.
Observe the following when adjusting steering
wheel :, seat belt ; and driver's seat =: G WARNING
Ryou are as far away from the driver's air bag as When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicle
possible occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the
Ryou are sitting in a normal upright position seat guide rail. There is a risk of injury.
Ryour thighs are slightly supported by the seat Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one
cushion has any body parts in the sweep of the seat.
Ryour legs are not entirely stretched and you
can depress the pedals properly Observe the safety notes on "Air bags"
Rthe back of your head is supported at eye level (Y page 49) and "Children in the Vehicle"
by the center of the head restraint (Y page 59).
Ryou can hold the steering wheel with your
arms slightly bent
Ryou can move your legs freely
Ryou can see all the displays in the instrument
cluster clearly

Z
98 Seats

G WARNING Adjust the seat properly before beginning


You could lose control of your vehicle if you do your journey. Always ensure that the backrest
the following while driving: is in an almost vertical position and that the
shoulder section of your seat belt is routed
Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
across the center of your shoulder.
steering wheel or mirrors
Rfasten the seat belt ! To avoid damage to the seats and the seat
There is a risk of an accident. heating, observe the following information:
Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer- Rkeep liquids from spilling on the seats. If
ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt liquid is spilled on the seats, dry them as
soon as possible.
before starting the engine.
Rif the seat covers are damp or wet, do not
switch on the seat heating. The seat heat-
G WARNING ing should also not be used to dry the seats.
Seats, steering wheel and mirrors

If you adjust the seat height carelessly, you or Rclean the seat covers as recommended;
other vehicle occupants could be trapped and see "Interior care".
thereby injured. Children in particular could Rdo not transport heavy loads on the seats.
accidentally press the electrical seat adjust- Do not place sharp objects on the seat
ment buttons and become trapped. There is a cushions, e.g. knives, nails or tools. The
risk of injury. seats should only be occupied by passen-
gers, if possible.
While moving the seats, make sure that your Rwhen the seat heating is in operation, do
hands or other body parts do not get under the not cover the seats with insulating materi-
lever assembly of the seat adjustment sys- als, e.g. blankets, coats, bags, seat covers,
tem. child seats or booster seats.
! Make sure that there are no objects in the
G WARNING footwell under or behind the seats when mov-
If the head restraints are not installed or not ing the seats back. There is a risk that the
adjusted correctly, they cannot provide pro- seats and/or the objects could be damaged.
tection as intended. There is an increased risk i Further related subjects:
of injury in the head and neck area, e.g. in the
RCargo compartment enlargement (folding
event of an accident or when braking. down the rear bench seat) (Y page 303)
Always drive with the head restraints instal-
led. Before driving off, make sure for every
vehicle occupant that the center of the head Adjusting the seats electrically
restraint supports the back of the head at
about eye level.

G WARNING
The seat belt does not offer the intended level
of protection if you have not moved the back-
rest to an almost vertical position. When brak-
ing or in the event of an accident, you could
slide underneath the seat belt and sustain
abdomen or neck injuries, for example. This
poses an increased risk of injury or even fatal
injury. : Head restraint height
; Seat cushion angle
= Seat height
Seats 99

? Seat fore-and-aft adjustment Adjusting the head restraints manually


A Backrest angle
Adjusting the head restraint height
i Vehicles with memory function: if PRE-
SAFE® has been triggered, the front-
passenger seat will be moved to a better posi-
tion if it was previously in an unfavorable posi-
tion.
i Vehicles with memory function: when the
seat is moved forwards or backwards, the
headrest is moved up or down automatically.

Adjusting the head restraints

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors


Important safety notes X To raise: pull the head restraint up to the
desired position.
G WARNING
X To lower: press release catch : in the direc-
You could lose control of your vehicle if you do tion of the arrow and push the head restraint
the following while driving: down to the desired position.
Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
Adjusting the fore/aft position of the
steering wheel or mirrors
head restraint
Rfasten the seat belt
There is a risk of an accident.
Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-
ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt
before starting the engine.

G WARNING
If the head restraints are not installed or not
adjusted correctly, they cannot provide pro-
tection as intended. There is an increased risk
of injury in the head and neck area, e.g. in the
event of an accident or when braking. With this function you can adjust the distance
Always drive with the head restraints instal- between the head restraint and the back of the
seat occupant's head.
led. Before driving off, make sure for every
X To move forwards: pull the head restraint
vehicle occupant that the center of the head
forwards in the direction of the arrow until it
restraint supports the back of the head at engages.
about eye level.
There are several notches.
Do not rotate the head restraints of the front and X To move backwards: press and hold release
rear seats. Otherwise, you cannot adjust the button : and push the head restraint back-
height and angle of the head restraints to the wards.
correct position. X When the head restraint is in the desired posi-
Using the fore-and-aft adjustment, adjust the tion, release the button and make sure that
head restraint so that it is as close as possible to the head restraint is engaged in position.
your head. i Adjust the head restraint so that the back of
Observe the important safety notes regarding your head is as close to the head restraint as
the seats (Y page 97). possible.

Z
100 Seats

Adjusting the head restraints electri- X Once the head restraint is fully lowered, press
cally release catch :.
X To raise: pull the head restraint up to the
X To adjust the head restraint height: slide desired position.
the switch for the head restraint adjustment X To lower: press release catch : and push
(Y page 98) up or down in the direction of the
arrow. the head restraint down until it is in the
desired position.

Adjusting the luxury head restraints Removing and installing the rear seat
head restraints
X To remove: pull the head restraint up to the
stop.
X Press release catch : and pull the head
restraint out of the guides.
Seats, steering wheel and mirrors

X To re-install: insert the head restraint so that


the notches on the bar are on the left when
viewed in the direction of travel.
X Push the head restraint down until you hear it
engage in position.

X To adjust the side bolsters: push or pull


Rear seats (second and third row of
right-hand and/or left-hand side bolster :
into the desired position. seats)
X To adjust the fore-and-aft position of the Important safety notes
head restraint: push or pull the head
restraint in the direction of arrow ;. G WARNING
i Adjust the head restraint so that the back of If the seat and backrest are not engaged, they
your head is as close to the head restraint as can fold forwards, e.g. in the event of sudden
possible.
braking or an accident.
Rear seat head restraints RThis will cause the vehicle occupants to be
forced into the seat belt by a seat or back-
Adjusting the rear seat head restraint rest which is not engaged. The seat belt can
height no longer offer the intended level of pro-
tection and could even cause injuries.
RA child restraint system would no longer be
anchored or positioned correctly and would
not be able to perform its required function.
RThe seat backrests cannot restrain objects
or loads in the cargo compartment.
There is an increased risk of injury.
Always make sure that the seat and backrest
are engaged as described:
Rbefore traveling with a passenger on a seat
with the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature
Rafter you have adjusted the seat
Seats 101

Rafter the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature has You can adjust the angle of the backrests in the
been used second row of seats. There are ten detent posi-
tions to choose from.
Rafter the cargo compartment enlargement
X Pull the left or right release lever ; upwards
has been folded forwards in the direction of the arrow until relevant
backrest : is fully released.
G WARNING X Pull backrest : forwards in the direction of
The seat does not engage in the entry/exit the arrow and allow it to engage.
position. The seat could fold back suddenly, X To ensure that the backrest has engaged, lean
e.g. when accelerating, braking, changing firmly against backrest :.
direction suddenly or in the event of an acci-
dent. Persons in the sweep of the seat could Folding the seats up/down (third row of
become trapped. There is a risk of injury. seats)
Always fold back a seat which has been folded

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors


forwards before you pull away. Make sure that
General notes
the seat and backrest engage fully. ! Make sure that there is nothing on the fol-
ded-down seats in the cargo compartment.
The cargo compartment must be empty for
G WARNING the third row of seats to be folded up. The
Children could become trapped if they adjust seats or the objects in the cargo compart-
the seats, particularly when unattended. ment could otherwise be damaged.
There is a risk of injury. Make sure that the seats in the third row are
When leaving the vehicle, always take the empty and not blocked before folding them
down.
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never
leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The third row of seats consists of two electrically
foldable individual seats, which can be lowered
into the cargo compartment.
G WARNING
If the seat is not correctly locked in position, the
When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicle display message: 3rd Seat Row, Right Not
occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the Locked appears in the multifunction display.
seat guide rail. There is a risk of injury. If you fold the seat back until it engages, the
Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one display message disappears.
has any body parts in the sweep of the seat. Pull the backrest firmly to ensure that it is fully
engaged.
The switches for folding the left or right-hand
Adjusting the backrest angle (second seats up and down are marked: L for the left-
row of seats) hand seat when viewed in the direction of travel,
R for the right-hand seat when viewed in the
direction of travel.

Z
102 Seats

Folding up/down in the rear compart- X To fold down: briefly pull switch :.
ment The seat folds down.
X To stop the automatic folding: briefly pull
switch : again.

Detachable panel (third row of seats)


! If there are objects underneath the seat, the
seat can no longer be folded up or down fully.
The seat could be damaged.
Only drive with the panel completely installed.
Seats, steering wheel and mirrors

Example: R switch
X To fold down: fold the right-hand outer seat
in the second row of seats forwards
(Y page 103).
X Briefly pull switch :.
The seat folds up.
X To stop the automatic folding: briefly pull
switch : again.
X To fold down: briefly press switch :.
The seat folds down. If you drop objects underneath the seats in the
third row, you can remove the panel in order to
X To stop the automatic folding: briefly press
reach beneath the seat.
switch : again.
X To open: fold the corresponding seat up or
Folding up/down in the cargo compart- down (Y page 101).
ment X Once the seat is folded halfway up or down,
briefly press the button again to stop the
automatic movement.
X Grasp the panel recess.
X Pull the panel in the direction of the arrow and
remove it.
X To close: fold the corresponding seat up or
down (Y page 101).
X Once the seat is folded halfway up or down,
briefly press the button again to stop the
automatic movement.
X Attach the panel using the guide pins.
X Push the panel downwards until it engages.
Example: L switch X Fold the seat up and down fully to check that
X To fold down: fold the right-hand outer seat the panel is seated correctly.
in the second row of seats forwards
(Y page 103).
X Briefly press switch :.
The seat folds up.
X To stop the automatic folding up: briefly
press switch : again.
Seats 103

Folding down the seats in the second If the right outer rear seat in the second row of
row manually seats is in the entry/exit position: the display
message: 2nd Seat Row, Right Not Locked
Important safety notes appears in the multifunction display, for exam-
ple.
G WARNING If you fold the seat back until it engages, the
If the seat and backrest are not engaged, they display message disappears.
can fold forwards, e.g. in the event of sudden Pull the backrest firmly to ensure that it is fully
braking or an accident. engaged.
RThis will cause the vehicle occupants to be i Further related subjects:
forced into the seat belt by a seat or back- RCargo compartment enlargement (folding
rest which is not engaged. The seat belt can the second row of seats forwards)
no longer offer the intended level of pro- (Y page 303)
tection and could even cause injuries. RFolding the seats in the third row forwards/

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors


RA child restraint system would no longer be
back (Y page 101)
anchored or positioned correctly and would Entry position
not be able to perform its required function.
RThe seat backrests cannot restrain objects
or loads in the cargo compartment.
There is an increased risk of injury.
Always make sure that the seat and backrest
are engaged as described:
Rbefore traveling with a passenger on a seat
with the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature
Rafter you have adjusted the seat
Rafter the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature has
been used X Move the head restraint to the lowest position
Rafter the cargo compartment enlargement (Y page 100).
has been folded forwards X Pull release handle ; in the direction of the
arrow to the pressure point and hold it in this
position.
G WARNING The backrest folds forwards.
The seat does not engage in the entry/exit
You have two options for folding the seat down
position. The seat could fold back suddenly, fully.
e.g. when accelerating, braking, changing
X Pull release handle ; again in the direction of
direction suddenly or in the event of an acci- the arrow to the pressure point and hold it in
dent. Persons in the sweep of the seat could this position.
become trapped. There is a risk of injury. or
Always fold back a seat which has been folded X Pull on release loop : in the direction of the
forwards before you pull away. Make sure that arrow and hold in this position.
the seat and backrest engage fully. X Lift up the seat until it folds forwards.
i Vehicles with memory function: the front
General notes seats move forwards slightly.
Getting into or out of the third row of seats: you
can fold forward the right outer seat in the sec-
ond row of seats.

Z
104 Seats

X Pull on release loop : in the direction of the


arrow and hold in this position.
The backrest folds forwards.
X Pull on release loop : again in the direction
of the arrow and hold in this position.
X Lift up the seat until it folds forwards.
i Vehicles with memory function: the front
seats move forwards slightly.

Entry position
Exit position
Seats, steering wheel and mirrors

G WARNING
When you adjust a seat, you or other vehicle
occupants could become trapped, e.g. on the
seat guide rail. There is a risk of injury.
Make sure when adjusting a seat that no one
has any body parts in the sweep of the seat. Exit position
i Vehicles with memory function: in order to
i Further related subjects: return the front seats to the saved position,
RImportant safety notes on air bags call up the saved seat setting using the mem-
(Y page 49) ory buttons.
RSecuring children in the vehicle Moving the outer seats back to the normal
(Y page 59) position (second row of seats)
G WARNING
If the seat and backrest are not engaged, they
can fold forwards, e.g. in the event of sudden
braking or an accident.
RThis will cause the vehicle occupants to be
forced into the seat belt by a seat or back-
rest which is not engaged. The seat belt can
no longer offer the intended level of pro-
tection and could even cause injuries.
RA child restraint system would no longer be
If you wish to exit the third row of seats, fold anchored or positioned correctly and would
down the outer seat on the right-hand side as
not be able to perform its required function.
follows.
RThe seat backrests cannot restrain objects
The release loop for the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT fea-
ture is located at the bottom on the back of the or loads in the cargo compartment.
right outer seat in the second row of seats. There is an increased risk of injury.
Seats 105

Always make sure that the seat and backrest Always make sure that the seat and backrest
are engaged as described: are engaged as described:
Rbefore traveling with a passenger on a seat Rbefore traveling with a passenger on a seat
with the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature with the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature
Rafter you have adjusted the seat Rafter you have adjusted the seat
Rafter the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature has Rafter the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature has
been used been used
Rafter the cargo compartment enlargement Rafter the cargo compartment enlargement
has been folded forwards has been folded forwards

G WARNING G WARNING
The seat does not engage in the entry/exit The seat does not engage in the entry/exit

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors


position. The seat could fold back suddenly, position. The seat could fold back suddenly,
e.g. when accelerating, braking, changing e.g. when accelerating, braking, changing
direction suddenly or in the event of an acci- direction suddenly or in the event of an acci-
dent. Persons in the sweep of the seat could dent. Persons in the sweep of the seat could
become trapped. There is a risk of injury. become trapped. There is a risk of injury.
Always fold back a seat which has been folded Always fold back a seat which has been folded
forwards before you pull away. Make sure that forwards before you pull away. Make sure that
the seat and backrest engage fully. the seat and backrest engage fully.

X To lock the seat: fold back the seat until it General notes
engages. To enter or exit the third row of seats: the outer
X Fold back the backrest until it engages. left and right seats of the second row can be
folded down electrically.
Folding down the seats in the second One of the outer seats of the second row is in the
row electrically entry/exit position: the multifunction display
shows, e.g. the 2nd Seat Row, Right Not
Important safety notes Locked display message.
If you fold the seat back until it engages, the
G WARNING display message disappears.
If the seat and backrest are not engaged, they Pull the backrest firmly to ensure that it is fully
can fold forwards, e.g. in the event of sudden engaged.
braking or an accident. i Further related subjects:
RThis will cause the vehicle occupants to be RCargo compartment enlargement (folding
forced into the seat belt by a seat or back- the second row of seats forwards)
rest which is not engaged. The seat belt can (Y page 303)
no longer offer the intended level of pro- RFolding the seats in the third row forwards/
tection and could even cause injuries. back (Y page 101)
RA child restraint system would no longer be Folding down the seats
anchored or positioned correctly and would The seats can be folded down electrically if the
not be able to perform its required function. vehicle is stationary and the respective rear
RThe seat backrests cannot restrain objects door is open.
or loads in the cargo compartment.
There is an increased risk of injury.

Z
106 Seats

Adjusting the 4-way lumbar support

X Press button :.
The head restraint retracts, the backrest folds
forwards and the seat folds forwards. : Raises the backrest contour
Seats, steering wheel and mirrors

The seat can be manually returned to its initial ; Softens the backrest contour
position (Y page 103). = Lowers the backrest contour
? Hardens the backrest contour
You can adjust the contour of the front seat
Adjusting the multicontour seat backrests individually to provide optimum sup-
port for your back.
The multicontour seat can be adjusted via the
multimedia system (see the Digital Operator's
Manual).

Seat heating and seat ventilation


Switching the seat heating on/off
G WARNING
Repeatedly switching on the seat heating can cause the seat cushion and backrest pads to
become very hot. The health of persons with limited temperature sensitivity or a limited ability to
react to high temperatures may be affected or they may even suffer burn-like injuries. There is a
risk of injury.
Therefore, do not switch the seat heating on repeatedly.

Driver's and front-passenger seat


Seats 107

Rear seats
The three red indicator lamps in the button indicate the heating level you have selected.
The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately eight minutes.

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors


The system automatically switches down from level 2 to level 1 after approximately ten minutes.
The system automatically switches off approximately 35 minutes after it is set to level 1.
X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock (Y page 140).
X To switch on: press button : repeatedly until the desired heating level is set.
X To switch off: press button : repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out.
i If the battery voltage is too low, the seat heating may switch off.

Activating/deactivating seat ventilation

The three blue indicator lamps in the buttons indicate the blower setting you have selected.
X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the ignition lock (Y page 140).
X To switch on: press button : repeatedly until the desired blower setting is set.
X To switch off: press button : repeatedly until all the indicator lamps go out.

i If the battery voltage is too low, the seat ventilation may switch off.
i You can open the side windows and the sliding sunroof using the "Convenience opening" feature
(Y page 90). The seat ventilation of the driver's seat automatically switches to the highest level.

Z
108 Steering wheel

Problems with the seat heating or seat ventilation


Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
The seat heating or seat The on-board voltage is too low because too many electrical consum-
ventilation has switched ers are switched on.
off prematurely or can- X Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need, such as the
not be switched on. rear window defroster or interior lighting.
Once the battery is sufficiently charged, the seat heating or seat
ventilation will switch back on automatically.

Steering wheel control of the vehicle. There is a risk of an


accident.
Important safety notes
Seats, steering wheel and mirrors

Before starting off, make sure the steering


G WARNING wheel is locked. Never unlock the steering
You could lose control of your vehicle if you do wheel while the vehicle is in motion.
the following while driving:
Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
steering wheel or mirrors
Rfasten the seat belt
There is a risk of an accident.
Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-
ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt
before starting the engine.

G WARNING
Children could injure themselves if they : Release lever
adjust the steering wheel. There is a risk of ; Adjusts the steering wheel height
injury. = Adjusts the steering wheel position (fore-
When leaving the vehicle, always take the and-aft adjustment)
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never X Push release lever : down completely.
leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The steering column is unlocked.
X Adjust the steering wheel to the desired posi-
The electrically adjustable steering wheel can tion.
still be adjusted when there is no SmartKey in X Push release lever : up completely.
the ignition lock. The steering column is locked.
X Check if the steering column is locked. When
doing so, try to push the steering wheel up or
Adjusting the steering wheel man- down or try to move it in the fore-and-aft
ually direction.

G WARNING
If the steering wheel is unlocked while the
vehicle is in motion, it could change position
unexpectedly. This could cause you to lose
Steering wheel 109

Adjusting the steering wheel electri- Steering wheel heating


cally
Switching on/off

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors


: Adjusts the steering wheel height
; Adjusts the steering wheel position (fore- X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
and-aft adjustment) tion lock (Y page 140).
The steering wheel can also be adjusted when X To switch on/off: turn the lever in the direc-
the SmartKey is removed from the ignition lock. tion of arrow : or ;.
Indicator lamp = lights up or goes out.
i Further related subjects:
Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: when you switch off
REASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature (Y page 109) the ignition and open the driver's door, the
RStoring settings (Y page 113) steering wheel heating is deactivated.
Vehicles without KEYLESS-GO: when you
remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock, the
steering wheel heating is deactivated.

Problems with the steering wheel heating


Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
The steering wheel heat- The on-board voltage is too low because too many electrical consum-
ing has switched off pre- ers are switched on.
maturely or cannot be X Switch off electrical consumers that you do not need, such as the
switched on. rear window defroster or interior lighting.

EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature Move the steering wheel adjustment lever if


there is a risk of entrapment by the steering
Important safety notes wheel. The adjustment process is stopped.
G WARNING Press one of the memory function position but-
When the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature adjusts tons. This function is only available on vehicles
the steering wheel, you and other vehicle with memory function.
occupants – particularly children – could
G WARNING
become trapped. There is a risk of injury.
If children activate the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT fea-
While the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is mak-
ture, they can become trapped, particularly
ing adjustments, make sure that no one has
when unattended. There is a risk of injury.
any body parts in the sweep of the steering
wheel.

Z
110 Mirrors

When leaving the vehicle, always take the Crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never If the crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature is trig-
leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. gered in an accident, the steering column will
move upwards when the driver's door is opened.
G WARNING This occurs irrespective of the position of the
SmartKey in the ignition lock. This makes it eas-
If you drive off while the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT ier to exit the vehicle and rescue the occupants.
feature is making adjustments, you could lose
The crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature is only
control of the vehicle. There is a risk of an operational if the EASY-EXIT/ENTRY feature is
accident. activated in the on-board computer
Always wait until the adjustment process is (Y page 244).
complete before driving off.

The EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature makes getting in Mirrors


Seats, steering wheel and mirrors

and out of your vehicle easier.


You can activate and deactivate the EASY- Rear-view mirror
ENTRY/EXIT feature in the on-board computer
(Y page 244).

Position of the steering wheel when the


EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is active
The steering wheel swings up when you:
Rremove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.
Ropen the driver's door and KEYLESS-GO is in
position 1.
Ropen the driver's door and the SmartKey is in
position u or 1 in the ignition lock.
X Anti-glare mode: flick anti-glare lever : for-
i The steering wheel only moves up if it has wards or back.
not already reached the upper stop.

Position of the steering wheel for driv-


Exterior mirrors
ing
The steering wheel is moved to the last selected Adjusting the exterior mirrors
position when:
G WARNING
Rthe driver's door is closed
You could lose control of your vehicle if you do
Ryou insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock
the following while driving:
or
Ryou press the Start/Stop button once on vehi- Radjust the driver's seat, head restraint,
cles with KEYLESS-GO steering wheel or mirrors
When you close the driver's door with the igni- Rfasten the seat belt
tion switched on, the steering wheel is also There is a risk of an accident.
automatically moved to the previously set posi-
tion. Adjust the driver's seat, head restraint, steer-
The last position of the steering column is stored ing wheel and mirror and fasten your seat belt
when you: before starting the engine.
Rswitch the ignition off
Rsave the setting with the memory function
(Y page 113).
Mirrors 111

G WARNING Folding the exterior mirrors in or out


The exterior mirror on the front-passenger electrically
side reduces the size of the image. Visible
objects are actually closer than they appear.
This means that you could misjudge the dis-
tance from road users traveling behind, e.g.
when changing lane. There is a risk of an acci-
dent.
For this reason, always make sure of the
actual distance from the road users traveling
behind by glancing over your shoulder.

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors


X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
ignition lock (Y page 140).
X Briefly press :.
Both exterior mirrors fold in or out.
i Make sure that the exterior mirrors are
always folded out fully while driving. They
could otherwise vibrate.
i If you are driving faster than 30 mph
(47 km/h), you can no longer fold in the exte-
rior mirrors.
X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the
ignition lock (Y page 140). Resetting the exterior mirrors
X Exterior mirror on the driver's side: press but-
ton :. If the battery has been disconnected or com-
pletely discharged, the exterior mirrors must be
Exterior mirror on the front-passenger side: reset. Otherwise, the exterior mirrors will not
press button ;. fold in when you select the "Fold in mirrors when
The indicator lamp in the corresponding but- locking" function in the on-board computer
ton lights up in red. (Y page 245).
The indicator lamp goes out again after some X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 in the igni-
time. You can adjust the selected exterior tion lock (Y page 140).
mirror using button = as long as the indicator
X Briefly press :.
lamp is lit.
X Press button = up, down, or to the right or
left until you have adjusted the exterior mirror Folding the exterior mirrors in or out
to the correct position. You should have a automatically
good overview of traffic conditions.
If the "Fold in mirrors when locking" function is
The convex exterior mirrors provide a larger field activated in the on-board computer
of vision. (Y page 245):
The exterior mirrors are heated automatically if Rthe exterior mirrors fold in automatically as
the rear window defroster is switched on and the soon as you lock the vehicle from the outside.
outside temperature is low.
Rthe exterior mirrors fold out again automati-
cally as soon as you unlock the vehicle and
then open the driver's or front-passenger
door.

Z
112 Mirrors

Exterior mirror pushed out of position The rear-view mirror and the exterior mirror on
the driver's side automatically go into anti-glare
If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of mode if the following conditions are met simul-
position, proceed as follows: taneously:
X Vehicles without electrically folding exte- Rthe ignition is switched on and
rior mirrors: move the exterior mirror into
Rincident light from headlamps strikes the sen-
the correct position manually.
sor in the rear-view mirror
X Vehicles with electrically folding exterior
The mirrors do not go into anti-glare mode if
mirrors: press and hold mirror-folding but-
reverse gear is engaged or if the interior lighting
ton : until you hear a click and the mirror is switched on.
engages in position audibly.
The mirror housing is engaged again and you
can adjust the exterior mirrors as usual
(Y page 110). Parking position for the exterior mir-
ror on the front-passenger side
Seats, steering wheel and mirrors

Setting and storing the parking position


Automatic anti-glare mirrors
You can position the front-passenger side exte-
G WARNING rior mirror in such a way that you can see the
Electrolyte may escape if the glass in an auto- rear wheel on that side as soon as you engage
matic anti-glare mirror breaks. The electrolyte reverse gear. You can store this position.
is harmful and causes irritation. It must not
come into contact with your skin, eyes, res- Using reverse gear
piratory organs or clothing or be swallowed.
There is a risk of injury.
If you come into contact with the electrolyte,
observe the following:
RRinse off the electrolyte from your skin
immediately with water.
RImmediately rinse the electrolyte out of
your eyes thoroughly with clean water.
RIf the electrolyte is swallowed, immediately
rinse your mouth out thoroughly. Do not
induce vomiting. : Button for the driver's side exterior mirror
RIf electrolyte comes into contact with your ; Button for the front-passenger side exterior
mirror
skin or hair or is swallowed, seek medical
= Adjustment button
attention immediately.
? Memory button M
RImmediately change out of clothing which
has come into contact with electrolyte.
X Bring the vehicle to a standstill.
X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
RIf an allergic reaction occurs, seek medical
tion lock (Y page 140).
attention immediately. X Press button ;.
Memory function 113

X Engage reverse gear. Memory function


The exterior mirror on the front-passenger
side moves to the default setting parking posi- Storing settings
tion.
X Use button = to adjust the exterior mirror to G WARNING
a position that allows you to see the rear If you use the memory function on the driver's
wheel and the curb. side while driving, you could lose control of
The parking position is stored.
the vehicle as a result of the adjustments
i If you shift the transmission to another posi- being made. There is a risk of an accident.
tion, the exterior mirror on the front-
passenger side returns to the driving position. Only use the memory function on the driver's
side when the vehicle is stationary.
Using the memory button
G WARNING
You can store the parking position of the exte-

Seats, steering wheel and mirrors


rior mirror on the front-passenger side using When the memory function adjusts the seat or
memory button M ?. The reverse gear must not steering wheel, you and other vehicle occu-
be engaged during the process. pants – particularly children – could become
X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- trapped. There is a risk of injury.
tion lock (Y page 140). While the memory function is making adjust-
X Press button ;. ments, make sure that no one has any body
X Use button = to adjust the exterior mirror to parts in the sweep of the seat or steering
a position that allows you to see the rear wheel. If somebody becomes trapped, imme-
wheel and the curb. diately release the memory function position
X Press memory button M ? and one of the button. The adjustment process is stopped.
arrows on button = within three seconds.
The parking position is stored if the exterior G WARNING
mirror does not move.
X If the mirror moves out of position, repeat the Children could become trapped if they acti-
steps. vate the memory function, particularly when
unattended. There is a risk of injury.
Calling up a stored parking position set- When leaving the vehicle, always take the
ting SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never
leave children unsupervised in the vehicle.
X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
tion lock (Y page 140). The memory function can be used at any time,
X Adjust the exterior mirror on the front- e.g. even when the SmartKey isn't in the ignition
passenger side using button ;. lock.
X Engage reverse gear. With the memory function, you can store up to
The exterior mirror on the front-passenger three different settings, e.g. for three different
side moves to the stored parking position. people.
The exterior mirror on the front-passenger side The following settings are stored as a single
moves back to its original position: memory preset:
Ras soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph Rposition of the seat, backrest and head
(15 km/h) restraint
Rif you press button : for the exterior mirror Rdriver's side: steering wheel position
on the driver's side Rdriver's side: position of the exterior mirrors
on the driver's and front-passenger sides

Z
114 Memory function

X Adjust the seat (Y page 98).


X On the driver's side, adjust the steering wheel
(Y page 109) and the exterior mirrors
Seats, steering wheel and mirrors

(Y page 110).
X Press memory button M and then press mem-
ory position button 1, 2 or 3 within three sec-
onds.
The settings are stored in the selected preset
position. A tone sounds when the settings
have been completed.
The memory function can still be used if the
SmartKey has been removed.

Calling up a stored setting


X Press and hold the relevant storage position
button 1, 2 or 3 until the seat, steering wheel
and exterior mirrors are in the stored position.
The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as
you release the storage position buttons.
Exterior lighting 115

Exterior lighting Automatic headlamp mode


c is the favored light switch position. The
General notes light setting is automatically selected according
For reasons of safety, Mercedes-Benz recom- to the brightness of the ambient light (excep-
mends that you drive with the lights switched on tion: poor visibility due to weather conditions
even during the daytime. In some countries, such as fog, snow or spray):
operation of the headlamps varies due to legal RSmartKey in position 1 in the ignition lock:
requirements and self-imposed obligations. the parking lamps are switched on/off auto-
matically depending on the brightness of the
ambient light.
Setting the exterior lighting RWith the engine running (USA only): if you
have switched on the Daytime Running
Setting options Lights function in the on-board computer,
the daytime running lamps or the parking
Exterior lighting can be set using: lamps and low-beam headlamps are switched
Rthe light switch on or off automatically depending on the
Rthe combination switch (Y page 116) brightness of the ambient light.

Lights and windshield wipers


Rthe on-board computer (Y page 243) X To switch on automatic headlamp mode:
turn the light switch to c.
Light switch G WARNING
Operation When the light switch is set to Ã, the low-
beam headlamps may not be switched on
automatically if there is fog, snow or other
causes of poor visibility due to the weather
conditions such as spray. There is a risk of an
accident.
In such situations, turn the light switch to
L.

The automatic headlamp mode is only an aid.


The driver is responsible for the vehicle's light-
ing at all times.
Canada only:
1 W Left-hand standing lamps The daytime running lamps improve the visibility
2 X Right-hand standing lamps of your vehicle during the day. The daytime run-
3 T Parking lamps, license plate and ning lamps function is required by law in Can-
instrument cluster lighting ada. It cannot therefore be deactivated.
4 c Automatic headlamp mode, controlled When the engine is running and the vehicle is
by the light sensor stationary: if you move the selector lever from a
5 L Low-beam/high-beam headlamps driving position to P, the daytime running
B R Rear fog lamp lamps/low-beam headlamps go out after three
minutes.
If you hear a warning tone when you leave the
vehicle, the lights may still be switched on. When the engine is running, the vehicle is sta-
tionary and in bright ambient light: if you turn the
X Turn the light switch to c. light switch to the T position, the daytime
The exterior lighting (except the parking/stand- running lamps and parking lamps switch on.
ing lamps) switches off automatically if you: If the engine is running and you turn the light
Rremove the SmartKey from the ignition lock switch to L, the manual settings take prec-
edence over the daytime running lamps.
Ropen the driver's door with the SmartKey in
position u in the ignition lock USA only:

Z
116 Exterior lighting

The daytime running lamps improve the visibility X To switch on: turn the light switch to T.
of your vehicle during the day. To do this, the The green T indicator lamp in the instru-
daytime running lamps function must be ment cluster lights up.
switched on using the on-board computer
(Y page 243). Standing lamps
If the engine is running and you turn the light Switching on the standing lamps ensures the
switch to T or L, the manual settings corresponding side of the vehicle is illuminated.
take precedence over the daytime running X To switch on the standing lamps: the
lamps.
SmartKey should not be in the ignition lock or
Low-beam headlamps in key position u in the ignition lock.
X Turn the light switch to W (left-hand side of
Even if the light sensor does not detect that it is
dark, the parking lamps and low-beam head- the vehicle) or X (right-hand side of the
lamps switch on when the ignition is switched on vehicle).
and the light switch is set to the L position. Vehicles towing a trailer: both the right-hand
This is a particularly useful function in the event and left-hand standing lamps (tail lamps) are
of rain and fog. always illuminated on the trailer.
X To switch on the low-beam headlamps:
Lights and windshield wipers

turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-


tion lock or start the engine. Combination switch
X Turn the light switch to L.
The green L indicator lamp in the instru-
ment cluster lights up.

Rear fog lamp


The rear fog lamp improves visibility of your
vehicle for the traffic behind in the event of thick
fog. Please take note of the country-specific
regulations for the use of rear fog lamps.
X To switch on the rear fog lamp: turn the
SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock or
start the engine.
X Turn the light switch to L or c. : High-beam headlamps
X Press the R button. ; Turn signal, right
The yellow R indicator lamp in the instru- = High-beam flasher
ment cluster lights up. ? Turn signal, left
X To switch off the rear fog lamp: press the
X To indicate briefly: press the combination
R button. switch briefly to the pressure point in the
The yellow R indicator lamp in the instru- direction of arrow ; or ?.
ment cluster goes out. The corresponding turn signal flashes three
times.
Parking lamps
X To indicate: press the combination switch
! If the battery charge is very low, the parking beyond the pressure point in the direction of
lamps or standing lamps are automatically arrow ; or ?.
switched off to enable the next engine start. X To switch on the high-beam headlamps:
Always park your vehicle safely and in a well lit
turn the light switch to L or Ã.
area, in accordance with the relevant legal
stipulations. Avoid using the T parking X Press the combination switch beyond the
lamps over a period of several hours. If pos- pressure point in the direction of arrow :.
sible, switch on the right-hand X or left- In the à position, the high-beam head-
hand W standing lamps. lamps are only switched on when it is dark and
the engine is running.
Exterior lighting 117

The blue K indicator lamp in the instru- Intelligent Light System


ment cluster lights up when the high-beam
headlamps are switched on. General notes
X To switch off the high-beam headlamps:
move the combination switch back to its nor- The Intelligent Light System is a system that
mal position. adjusts the headlamps automatically to suit the
The blue K indicator lamp in the instru- prevailing driving and weather conditions. It
ment cluster goes out. offers advanced functions for improved illumi-
nation of the road surface, e.g. depending on the
Vehicles with Adaptive Highbeam Assist: if vehicle speed or weather conditions. The sys-
Adaptive Highbeam Assist is activated, it auto- tem includes the active light function, cornering
matically controls activation and deactivation of light function, highway mode and extended
the high-beam headlamps (Y page 118). range fog lamps. The system is only active when
it is dark.
You can activate or deactivate the "Intelligent
Hazard warning lamps Light System" using the on-board computer
(Y page 243).

Lights and windshield wipers


Active light function
The active light function is a system that moves
the headlamps according to the steering move-
ments of the front wheels. In this way, relevant
areas remain illuminated while driving. This
allows you to recognize pedestrians, cyclists
and animals sooner.
Active: when the lights are switched on.
Vehicles with Lane Keeping Assist: the active
light function evaluates the course of the lane in
X To switch on the hazard warning lamps: which you are driving and adjusts the light in
press button :. advance.
All turn signals flash. If you now switch on a
turn signal using the combination switch, only
the turn signal lamp on the corresponding Cornering light function
side of the vehicle will flash. The cornering light function improves the illu-
X To switch off the hazard warning lamps: mination of the road over a wide angle in the
press button :. direction you are turning, enabling better visi-
The hazard warning lamps automatically switch bility in tight bends, for example. It can only be
on if: activated when the low-beam headlamps are
switched on.
Ran air bag is deployed or
Active:
Rthe vehicle decelerates rapidly from a speed
Rif you are driving at speeds below 25 mph
of above 45 mph (70 km/h) and comes to a
standstill (40 km/h) and switch on the turn signal or
turn the steering wheel
The hazard warning lamps switch off automati-
Rif you are driving at speeds between 25 mph
cally if the vehicle reaches a speed of above
6 mph (10 km/h) again after a full brake appli- (40 km/h) and 45 mph (70 km/h) and turn
cation. the steering wheel
The cornering lamp may remain lit for a short
i The hazard warning lamps still operate if the time, but is automatically switched off after no
ignition is switched off. more than three minutes.

Z
118 Exterior lighting

Highway mode detects any other vehicles, it reactivates the


high-beam headlamps.
Highway mode increases the range of the beam. The system's optical sensor is located behind
Active: if you are driving at a speed above the windshield near the overhead control panel.
110 km/h and do not make any large steering
movements for at least 1,000 m or if you are
driving at a speed above 130 km/h.
Important safety notes
Not active: if you are driving at speeds below G WARNING
80 km/h following activation.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize
road users:
Extended range fog lamps
Rwho have no lights, e.g. pedestrians
The extended range fog lamps reduce the glare
experienced by the driver and improve the illu- Rwho have poor lighting, e.g. cyclists
mination of the edge of the road. Rwhose lighting is blocked, e.g. by a barrier
Active: if you are driving at speeds below On very rare occasions, Adaptive Highbeam
40 mph (70 km/h) and you switch on the rear Assist may fail to recognize other road users
fog lamp.
Lights and windshield wipers

that have lights, or may recognize them too


Not active: if, following activation, you are driv- late. In this, or in similar situations, the auto-
ing at speeds above 60 mph (100 km/h) or if you
switch off the rear fog lamp matic high-beam headlamps will not be deac-
tivated or will be activated regardless. There is
Off-road lights a risk of an accident.
Always carefully observe the traffic conditions
The off-road lights facilitate the early recogni- and switch off the high-beam headlamps in
tion of objects/obstacles when driving off-road
good time.
thanks to a symmetrical, wider and brighter dis-
tribution of light from the low-beam headlamps.
Adaptive Highbeam Assist cannot take into
Active: when driving at speeds no faster than account road, weather or traffic conditions.
30 mph (50 km/h) and the off-road program Adaptive Highbeam Assist is only an aid. You are
selector wheel is in position 1 or 2. responsible for adjusting the vehicle's lighting
Not active: when driving at speeds above to the prevailing light, visibility and traffic con-
30 mph (50 km/h). ditions.
When the off-road lights are switched on, the In particular, the detection of obstacles can be
cornering light function is permanently activa- impaired if:
ted, the active light function is deactivated and Rpoor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain or
the headlamp range control is set to static snow
mode.
Rdirt on the sensors or the sensors are
obscured
Adaptive Highbeam Assist
Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist
General notes on/off
You can use this function to set the headlamps X To switch on: turn the light switch to Ã.
to change between low beam and high beam X Press the combination switch beyond the
automatically. The system recognizes vehicles pressure point in the direction of arrow :.
with their lights on, either approaching from the The _ indicator lamp in the multifunction
opposite direction or traveling in front of your display lights up when it is dark and the light
vehicle, and consequently switches the head- sensor activates the low-beam headlamps.
lamps from high beam to low beam. If you are driving at speeds above approx-
The system automatically adapts the low-beam imately 16 mph (25 km/h):
headlamp range depending on the distance to
the other vehicle. Once the system no longer
Interior lighting 119

The headlamp range is set automatically = v Switches the rear interior lighting on/
depending on the distance between the vehi- off
cle and other road users. ? | Switches the front interior lighting/
If you are driving at speeds above approx- automatic interior lighting control off
imately 19 mph (30 km/h) and no other road A p Switches the right-hand front reading
users have been detected: lamp on/off
The high-beam headlamps are switched on B Switches the automatic interior lighting con-
automatically. The K indicator lamp in the trol on
instrument cluster also lights up.
If you are driving at speeds below approx-
imately 16 mph (25 km/h) or other road users
have been detected or the roads are ade-
quately lit:
The high-beam headlamps are switched off
automatically. The K indicator lamp in the
instrument cluster goes out. The _ indi-
cator lamp in the multifunction display
remains lit.

Lights and windshield wipers


X To switch off: move the combination switch
back to its normal position or move the light
switch to another position. Rear overhead control panel (second row of seats)
The _ indicator lamp in the multifunction
: To switch the reading lamp on/off
display goes out.

Headlamps fogged up on the inside


Certain climatic and physical conditions may
cause moisture to form in the headlamp. This
moisture does not affect the functionality of the
headlamp.

Interior lighting
Overview of interior lighting Rear overhead control panel (third row of seats)
: Reading lamp

Interior lighting control


General notes
The interior light functions are automatically
switched off after some time to prevent the
vehicle's battery from discharging, unless the
SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock.
The color and brightness of the ambient lighting
are set using the multimedia system (see Digital
Overhead control panel Operator's Manual).
: p Switches the left-hand front reading
lamp on/off
; c Switches the front interior lighting on

Z
120 Replacing bulbs (vehicles with halogen headlamps)

Automatic interior lighting control Replacing bulbs (vehicles with halo-


X To switch on: set the switch to center posi- gen headlamps)
tion B.
Important safety notes
X To switch off: set the switch to the |
position. G WARNING
The interior lighting automatically switches on if Bulbs, lamps and connectors can get very hot
you: when operating. If you change a bulb, you
Runlock the vehicle could burn yourself on these components.
Ropen a door There is a risk of injury.
Rremove the SmartKey from the ignition lock Allow these components to cool down before
The interior lighting is switched on for a set time changing a bulb.
when the SmartKey is removed from the ignition
lock. This delayed switch-off can be adjusted via Do not use a bulb if it has been dropped or if its
the multimedia system (see Digital Operator's glass tube has been scratched.
Manual). The bulb may explode if:
Lights and windshield wipers

Ryou touch it
Rit is hot
Crash-responsive emergency lighting
Ryou drop it
The interior lighting is activated automatically if Ryou scratch it
the vehicle is involved in an accident.
Use bulbs only in closed lamps that have been
X To switch off the crash-responsive emer- designed for this purpose. Only install spare
gency lighting: press the hazard warning bulbs of the same type and the specified volt-
lamp button. age.
or Marks on the glass tube reduce the service life
X Lock and then unlock the vehicle using the of the bulbs. Do not touch the glass tube with
SmartKey. your bare hands. If necessary, clean the glass
tube when cold with alcohol or spirit and rub it
off with a lint-free cloth.
Replacing bulbs (vehicles with LED Protect bulbs from moisture during operation.
Do not allow bulbs to come into contact with
headlamps) liquids.
Replace only the bulbs listed (Y page 120).
The front and rear light clusters of your vehicle Have the bulbs that you cannot replace yourself
are equipped with light-emitting diodes. Do not replaced at a qualified specialist workshop.
replace the vehicle's bulbs yourself. Contact a
If you require assistance replacing bulbs, con-
qualified specialist workshop which has the nec-
sult a qualified specialist workshop.
essary specialist knowledge and tools to carry
out the work required. If the new bulb still does not light up, consult a
qualified specialist workshop.
Lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety.
You must therefore make sure that these func- Headlamps and lights are an important aspect of
tion correctly at all times. Have the headlamp vehicle safety. You must therefore make sure
setting checked regularly. that these function correctly at all times. Have
the headlamp setting checked regularly.

Overview of bulb replacement - bulb


types
You can replace the following bulbs. The bulb
type can be found in the legend.
Replacing bulbs (vehicles with halogen headlamps) 121

Low-beam headlamps

Halogen headlamps
: Low-beam headlamp: H7 55 W
; High-beam headlamp: H7 55 W X Remove the cover in the front wheel housing
= Turn signal: W 5 W BV (Y page 121).
X Turn housing cover : counter-clockwise and
remove it.

Lights and windshield wipers


X Turn bulb holder ; counter-clockwise and
Removing and installing the cover in
pull out.
the front wheel housing
X Pull the bulb out of bulb holder ;.
X Insert new bulb into bulb holder ;.
X Insert bulb holder ; and turn it clockwise.
X Press on housing cover : and turn it to the
right.
X Replace the cover in the front wheel housing
(Y page 121).

High-beam headlamps

You must remove the cover from the front wheel


housing before you can change the front bulbs.
X To remove: switch off the lights.
X Turn the front wheel inwards.
X Remove securing pin ; using a suitable tool.
X Slide cover : up and remove it.
X To install: insert cover : again and slide it
down until it engages.
X Insert securing pin ;.

X Switch off the lights.


X Open the hood.
X Turn housing cover : counter-clockwise and
remove it.
X Pull lever = upwards and remove bulb
holder ;.
X Remove the bulb from bulb holder ;.
X Insert the new bulb into bulb holder ;.

Z
122 Windshield wipers

X Simultaneously press on bulb holder ; and windshield using washer fluid after washing
pull lever = downwards. the vehicle in an automatic car wash.
X Press on housing cover : and turn it clock-
! Intermittent wiping with rain sensor: due to
wise. optical influences and the windshield becom-
ing dirty in dry weather conditions, the wind-
shield wipers may be activated inadvertently.
Turn signals This could then damage the windshield wiper
blades or scratch the windshield.
For this reason, you should always switch off
the windshield wipers in dry weather.
Lights and windshield wipers

X Switch off the lights.


X Open the hood.
X Turn housing cover : counter-clockwise and Combination switch
remove it. 1 $ Windshield wiper off
X Turn bulb holder ; counter-clockwise and
2 Ä Intermittent wipe, low (rain sensor set
pull out. to low sensitivity)
X Pull the bulb out of bulb holder ;. 3 Å Intermittent wipe, high (rain sensor
X Insert new bulb into bulb holder ;. set to high sensitivity)
X Insert bulb holder ; and turn it clockwise. 4 ° Continuous wipe, slow
X Press on housing cover : and turn it to the 5 ¯ Continuous wipe, fast
right. B í Single wipe
C î To wipe with washer fluid
X Switch on the ignition.
Windshield wipers X Turn the combination switch to the corre-
sponding position.
Switching the windshield wipers
on/off In the Ä or Å position, the appropriate
wiping frequency is set automatically according
! Do not operate the windshield wipers when to the intensity of the rain. In the Å position,
the windshield is dry, as this could damage the rain sensor is more sensitive than in
the wiper blades. Moreover, dust that has col- the Ä position, causing the windshield wiper
lected on the windshield can scratch the glass to wipe more frequently.
if wiping takes place when the windshield is Vehicles with MAGIC VISION CONTROL: the
dry. washer fluid is fed through the wiper blades and
If it is necessary to switch on the windshield when wiping with washer fluid î the washer
wipers in dry weather conditions, always use fluid is emitted directly from the blades.
washer fluid when operating the windshield If the wiper blades are worn, the windshield will
wipers. no longer be wiped properly. This could prevent
! If the windshield wipers leave smears on the you from observing the traffic conditions.
windshield after the vehicle has been washed
in an automatic car wash, wax or other resi-
dues may be the reason for this. Clean the
Windshield wipers 123

Switching the rear window wiper on/ Hold the windshield wiper arm firmly when
off you change the wiper blade. If you release the
wiper arm without a wiper blade and it falls
onto the windshield/rear window, the wind-
shield/rear window may be damaged by the
force of the impact.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have
the wiper blades changed at a qualified spe-
cialist workshop.

Changing the windshield wiper blades


Removing the wiper blades
X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.
Combination switch X Fold the wiper arm away from the windshield.
: è Rear window wiper switch
2 b Wipes with washer fluid

Lights and windshield wipers


3 I Switches on intermittent wiping
4 0 Switches off intermittent wiping
5 b Wipes with washer fluid
X Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2
(Y page 140).
X Turn switch : on the combination switch to
the corresponding position.
When the rear window wiper is switched on,
the icon appears in the instrument cluster.
X Firmly press release knob : and pull wiper
blade ; upwards from the wiper arm in the
Replacing the wiper blades direction of the arrow.

Important safety notes Installing the wiper blades

G WARNING
If the windshield wipers begin to move while
you are changing the wiper blades, you could
be trapped by the wiper arm. There is a risk of
injury.
Always switch off the windshield wipers and
ignition before changing the wiper blades.

! To avoid damaging the wiper blades, make


sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the
wiper. X Position new wiper blade : in the retainer on
! Never open the hood/tailgate if a wiper arm the wiper arm and slide it into place in the
has been folded away from the windshield/ direction of the arrow.
rear window. The wiper blade audibly engages.
Never fold a windshield wiper arm without a X Make sure that the wiper blade is seated cor-
wiper blade back onto the windshield/rear rectly.
window. X Fold the wiper arm back onto the windshield.

Z
124 Windshield wipers

Replacing the rear window wiper blade X Position wiper blade ; at a right angle to
wiper arm :.
Removing a wiper blade X Hold wiper arm : and press wiper blade ;
in the direction of the arrow until it releases.
X Remove wiper blade ;.

Installing a wiper blade


X Place new wiper blade ; onto wiper arm :.
X Hold wiper arm : and press wiper blade ;
in the opposite direction to the arrow until it
engages.
X Make sure that wiper blade ; is seated cor-
rectly.
X Position wiper blade ; parallel to wiper
arm :.
X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. X Fold wiper arm : back onto the rear window.
X Fold wiper arm : away from the rear window
Lights and windshield wipers

until it engages.

Problems with the windshield wipers


Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
The windshield wipers Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windshield wiper
are jammed. movement. The wiper motor has been deactivated.
X For safety reasons, you should remove the SmartKey from the igni-
tion lock.
or
X Switch off the engine using the Start/Stop button and open the
driver's door.
X Remove the cause of the obstruction.
X Switch the windshield wipers back on.

The windshield wipers The windshield wiper drive is malfunctioning.


fail completely. X Select another wiper speed on the combination switch.
X Have the windshield wipers checked at a qualified specialist work-
shop.
Overview of climate control systems 125

Overview of climate control systems If you start the engine using your smartphone,
the last selected climate control setting is reac-
General notes tivated (Y page 142).
Observe the settings recommended on the fol- i The integrated filter filters out most parti-
lowing pages. The windows could otherwise fog cles of dust and soot and completely filters
up. out pollen. It also reduces gaseous pollutants
To prevent the windows from fogging up: and odors. A clogged filter reduces the
amount of air supplied to the vehicle interior.

Climate control
Rswitch off climate control only briefly Depending on the operating conditions and
Rswitch on air-recirculation mode only briefly environmental influences, the interval for
Rswitch on the cooling with air dehumidifica- replacing the filter may be shorter than speci-
tion function fied.
Rswitch on the defrost windshield function i Vehicles with ionization of the interior
briefly, if required air and air filter: in addition to ionization, the
Climate control regulates the temperature and vehicle has an air filter with anti-allergenic
the humidity in the vehicle interior and filters properties that contribute to improved air fil-
undesirable substances out of the air. tration.
The residual heat function can only be activated
or deactivated with the ignition switched off
i It is possible that under certain circumstan-
ces the residual heat function may be activa-
(Y page 135).
ted automatically an hour after the SmartKey
i Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period during has been removed in order to dry the auto-
warm weather, e.g. using the convenience matic climate control. The vehicle is then ven-
opening feature (Y page 90). This will speed tilated for 30 minutes.
up the cooling process and the desired inte-
rior temperature will be reached more
quickly.

Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate control

USA only
Front control panel
: Sets the temperature, left (Y page 132)
; Defrosts the windshield (Y page 133)
126 Overview of climate control systems

= Switches the maximum cooling MAX COOL on or off (Y page 134)


? Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 131)
A Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 134)
B Sets the temperature, right (Y page 132)
C Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 135)
D Sets the air distribution (Y page 133)
E Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)
Climate control

F
G Activates/deactivates climate control (Y page 131)
H Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 132)
Rear control panel
I Sets rear-compartment climate control to automatic (Y page 132)
J Directs the air distribution through the rear air vents (Y page 133)
K Switches the seat heating on the right-hand side on/off (Y page 106)
L Directs the air distribution through the footwell vents (Y page 133)
M Switches the rear climate control on/off (Y page 131)
N Switches the seat heating on the left-hand side on/off (Y page 106)

Canada only
Front control panel
: Sets the temperature, left (Y page 132)
; Defrosts the windshield (Y page 133)
= Switches the ZONE function on/off (Y page 133)
? Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 131)
Switches the residual heat on or off (Y page 135)
A Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 134)
B Sets the temperature, right (Y page 132)
C Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 135)
D Sets the air distribution (Y page 133)
E Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
F Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)
G Activates/deactivates climate control (Y page 131)
H Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 132)
Overview of climate control systems 127

Rear control panel


I Sets rear-compartment climate control to automatic (Y page 132)
J Directs the air distribution through the rear air vents (Y page 133)
K Switches the seat heating on the right-hand side on/off (Y page 106)
L Directs the air distribution through the footwell vents (Y page 133)
M Switches the rear climate control on/off (Y page 131)
N Switches the seat heating on the left-hand side on/off (Y page 106)

Climate control
Control panel for 3-zone automatic climate control

USA only
Front control panel
: Sets the temperature, left (Y page 132)
; Defrosts the windshield (Y page 133)
= Switches the maximum cooling MAX COOL on or off (Y page 134)
? Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 131)
A Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 134)
B Sets the temperature, right (Y page 132)
C Switches the ZONE function on/off (Y page 133)
D Activates/deactivates climate control (Y page 131)
E Sets the air distribution (Y page 133)
F Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
G Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)
H Display
I Adjusts the climate mode settings (Y page 132)
J Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 135)
K Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 132)

Rear control panel


L Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
M Sets the temperature (Y page 132)
128 Overview of climate control systems

N Sets rear-compartment climate control to automatic (Y page 132)


O Directs the airflow through the rear air vents (Y page 133)
P Switches the seat heating on the right-hand side on/off (Y page 106)
Q Directs the airflow through the footwell vents (Y page 133)
R Switches the rear climate control on/off (Y page 131)
S Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)
T Switches the seat heating on the left-hand side on/off (Y page 106)
Climate control

Canada only
Front control panel
: Sets the temperature, left (Y page 132)
; Defrosts the windshield (Y page 133)
= Switches the residual heat on or off (Y page 135)
? Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 131)
A Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 134)
B Sets the temperature, right (Y page 132)
C Switches the ZONE function on/off (Y page 133)
D Activates/deactivates climate control (Y page 131)
E Sets the air distribution (Y page 133)
F Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
G Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)
H Display
I Adjusts the climate mode settings (Y page 132)
J Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 135)
K Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 132)

Rear control panel


L Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
M Sets the temperature (Y page 132)
N Sets rear-compartment climate control to automatic (Y page 132)
O Directs the airflow through the rear air vents (Y page 133)
P Switches the seat heating on the right-hand side on/off (Y page 106)
Overview of climate control systems 129

Q Directs the airflow through the footwell vents (Y page 133)


R Switches the rear climate control on/off (Y page 131)
S Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)
T Switches the seat heating on the left-hand side on/off (Y page 106)

Control panel for 3-zone automatic climate control with additional rear-com-
partment climate control

Climate control
USA only
Front control panel
: Sets the temperature, left (Y page 132)
; Defrosts the windshield (Y page 133)
= Switches the maximum cooling MAX COOL on or off (Y page 134)
? Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 131)
Switches the residual heat on or off (Y page 135)
A Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 134)
B Sets the temperature, right (Y page 132)
C Switches the ZONE function on/off (Y page 133)
D Switches the rear climate control on/off (Y page 131)
E Sets the air distribution (Y page 133)
F Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
G Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)
Switches off climate control
H Display
I Adjusts the climate mode settings (Y page 132)
J Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 135)
K Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 132)

Rear control panel


L Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
M Sets the temperature (Y page 132)
130 Overview of climate control systems

N Sets rear-compartment climate control to automatic (Y page 132)


O Directs the airflow through the rear air vents (Y page 133)
P Directs the airflow through the footwell vents (Y page 133)
Q Switches the rear climate control on/off (Y page 131)
R Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)
Climate control

Canada only
Front control panel
: Sets the temperature, left (Y page 132)
; Defrosts the windshield (Y page 133)
= Switches the ZONE function on/off (Y page 133)
? Switches cooling with air dehumidification on/off (Y page 131)
Switches the residual heat on or off (Y page 135)
A Switches the rear window defroster on/off (Y page 134)
B Sets the temperature, right (Y page 132)
C Switches the rear climate control on/off
D Activates/deactivates climate control (Y page 131)
E Sets the air distribution (Y page 133)
F Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
G Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)
H Display
I Adjusts the climate mode settings (Y page 132)
J Switches air-recirculation mode on/off (Y page 135)
K Sets climate control to automatic (Y page 132)

Rear control panel


L Increases the airflow (Y page 133)
M Sets the temperature (Y page 132)
N Sets rear-compartment climate control to automatic (Y page 132)
O Directs the airflow through the rear air vents (Y page 133)
P Directs the airflow through the footwell vents (Y page 133)
Operating the climate control systems 131

Q Switches the rear climate control on/off (Y page 131)


R Reduces the airflow (Y page 133)

Optimum use of automatic climate Operating the climate control sys-


control tems
The following contains notes and recommenda- Activating/deactivating climate con-

Climate control
tions on optimum use of the dual-zone auto- trol
matic climate control or 3-zone automatic cli-
mate control. General notes
RYou can switch on climate control by using the
à and ¿ or à and Á buttons. When the climate control is switched off, the air
The indicator lamps in the à and supply and air circulation are also switched off.
¿ buttons or the à and Á buttons The windows could fog up. Therefore, switch off
light up. climate control only briefly
RVehicles with 3-zone automatic climate Activate climate control primarily using the
control: in automatic mode, you can also use à button (Y page 132).
the ñ button to set a climate mode In the rear compartment, you can also switch
(FOCUS/MEDIUM/DIFFUSE). The MEDIUM climate control on and off using the à and
level is recommended. ^ buttons.
RSet the temperature to 72 ‡ (22 †).
ROnly use the "Windshield defrosting" function Activating/deactivating
briefly until the windshield is clear again.
X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
ROnly use air-recirculation mode briefly, e.g. if
tion lock (Y page 140).
there are unpleasant outside odors or when in
X To activate: press the à button.
a tunnel. The windows could otherwise fog up,
since no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in The indicator lamp in the à button lights
air-recirculation mode. up. Airflow and air distribution are set to auto-
matic mode.
RVehicles with 3-zone automatic climate
X To deactivate: press the ^ button.
control: use the ZONE function to adopt the
temperature settings on the driver's side for The indicator lamp in the ^ button lights
the front-passenger side and the rear com- up.
partment as well. The indicator lamp above
the á button goes out.
RVehicles with 3-zone automatic climate Switching cooling with air dehumidi-
control: use the "residual heat" function if fication on/off
you want to heat or ventilate the vehicle inte-
rior when the ignition is switched off. The Activating/deactivating
residual heat function can only be activated or
deactivated with the ignition switched off. X To activate: press the ¿ or Á button.
RIf you change the settings of the climate con-
The indicator lamp in the ¿ or Á button
trol system, the climate status display lights up.
appears for approximately three seconds at X To deactivate: press the ¿ or Á but-
the bottom of the screen in the multimedia ton.
system display. You will see the current set- The indicator lamp in the ¿ or Á button
tings of the various climate control functions. goes out. The "Cooling with air dehumidifica-
During automatic engine switch-off, the climate tion" function has a delayed switch-off fea-
control system only operates at a reduced capa- ture.
city. If you require the full climate control output,
you can switch off the ECO start/stop function
by pressing the ECO button (Y page 145).
132 Operating the climate control systems

Problems with the "Cooling with air dehumidification" function


Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
The indicator lamp in the Cooling with air dehumidification has been deactivated due to a mal-
¿ or Á button function.
flashes three times or X Visit a qualified specialist workshop.
remains off. The "Cool-
ing with air dehumidifi-
Climate control

cation" function cannot


be switched on.

Setting climate control to automatic X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
tion lock (Y page 140).
General notes X Press the à button.
X Press the ñ button repeatedly until the
In automatic mode, the set temperature is main-
tained automatically at a constant level. The desired climate mode appears in the display.
system automatically regulates the temperature
of the dispensed air, the airflow and the air dis-
tribution. Setting the temperature
The "Cooling with air dehumidification" function
is activated automatically in automatic mode. Dual-zone automatic climate control
In the rear compartment, you can also switch Different temperatures can be set for the driv-
climate control for the rear seats to automatic er's and front-passenger sides.
mode using the à button.
X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
tion lock (Y page 140).
Automatic control
X To increase or decrease: turn control : or
X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- B counter-clockwise or clockwise
tion lock (Y page 140). (Y page 125).
X Set the desired temperature. Only change the temperature setting in small
X To activate: press the à button. increments. Start at 72 ‡ (22 †).
The indicator lamp in the à button lights
up. Automatic air distribution and airflow are 3-zone automatic climate control
activated.
X To switch to manual mode: press the _ You can select different temperature settings
button. for the driver's and front-passenger sides as well
as for the rear compartment.
3-zone automatic climate control: when auto-
X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
matic mode is activated, you can select a cli-
mate mode (Y page 132). tion lock (Y page 140).
X To increase or decrease temperature in
the front compartment: turn control : or
Adjusting the climate mode settings B counter-clockwise or clockwise
(Y page 127).
You can select the following climate mode set- Only change the temperature setting in small
tings in automatic mode: increments. Start at 72 ‡ (22 †).
FOCUS high airflow, slightly cooler setting X To increase or reduce the temperature in
MEDIUM medium airflow, standard setting the rear compartment using the front con-
trol panel: press the á button.
DIFFUSE low airflow, slightly warmer and draft-
free setting The indicator lamp in the á button goes
out.
Operating the climate control systems 133

The temperature setting for the driver's side Setting


is adopted for the rear compartment and the
front-passenger side. X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
X Turn thumbwheel : to the left or right
tion lock (Y page 140).
(Y page 127). X Press the _ button repeatedly until the

Only change the temperature setting in small desired symbol appears in the display.
increments. Start at 72 ‡ (22 †).
X To increase or decrease the rear compart-

Climate control
ment temperature using the rear control Setting the airflow
panel: turn control M counter-clockwise or
X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
clockwise on the rear control panel
tion lock (Y page 140).
(Y page 127).
X To increase: press the K button.
Only change the temperature setting in small
increments. Start at 72 ‡ (22 †). X To reduce: press the I button.

i You can use 3-zone automatic climate con-


trol to set the airflow in the rear compartment
Setting the air distribution separately.
Air distribution settings
Front control panel Switching the ZONE function on/off
P Directs the airflow through the center X To activate: press the á button.
vents The indicator lamp above the á button
O Directs air through the footwell air vents lights up.
S Directs the airflow through the center Dual-zone automatic climate control: the tem-
and footwell vents perature setting for the driver's side is not
¯ Directs air through the defroster vents adopted for the front-passenger side.
b Directs the airflow through the defroster 3-zone automatic climate control: the tem-
and center vents (Canada only) perature setting for the driver's side is not
adopted for the front-passenger side and the
a Directs air through the defroster and
rear compartment.
footwell vents
X To deactivate: press the á button.
_ Directs the airflow through the defroster,
The indicator lamp above the á button
center and footwell air vents (Canada
goes out.
only)
Dual-zone automatic climate control: the tem-
Rear control panel perature setting for the driver's side is adop-
M Directs the airflow through the rear cen- ted for the front-passenger side.
ter and B-pillar air vents 3-zone automatic climate control: the tem-
O Directs air through the footwell air vents perature setting for the driver's side is adop-
ted for the front-passenger side and the rear
i Using the rear control panel, you can also compartment.
activate both air distribution positions simul-
taneously. In order to do this, press both air
distribution buttons. The air is then routed
through all rear air vents. Defrosting the windshield
i Regardless of the air distribution setting, General notes
airflow is always directed through the side air
vents. The side air vents can only be closed You can use this function to defrost the wind-
when the controls on the side air vents are shield or to clear a fogged up windshield or front
turned downwards. side windows on the inside.
Switch off the "Windshield defrosting" function
as soon as the windshield is clear again.
134 Operating the climate control systems

Activating/deactivating Defrosting the windows


X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni- Windows fogged up on the inside
tion lock (Y page 140).
X To activate: press the ¬ button. X Activate the ¿ or Á cooling with air
The indicator lamp in the ¬ button lights dehumidification function.
up. X Activate automatic mode Ã.
The climate control system switches to the X If the windows continue to fog up, activate the
following settings:
Climate control

"windshield defrosting" function


Rhigh airflow (Y page 133).
Rhigh temperature i You should only select this setting until the
Rair distribution to the windshield and front
windshield is clear again.
side windows
Rair-recirculation mode off Windows fogged up on the outside
X To deactivate: press the ¬ button. XActivate the windshield wipers.
The indicator lamp in the ¬ button goes XPress the _ button repeatedly until the
out. The previously selected settings are P or O symbol appears in the display.
restored. Air-recirculation mode remains i You should only select this setting until the
deactivated. windshield is clear again.
i If you clean the windows regularly, they do
not fog up so quickly.
MAX COOL maximum cooling
The MAX COOL function is only available in vehi-
cles for the USA. Rear window defroster
MAX COOL is only operational when the engine
is running. General notes
X To activate: press the Ù button. The rear window defroster has a high current
The indicator lamp in the Ù button lights draw. You should therefore switch it off as soon
up. as the rear window is clear. Otherwise, the rear
X To deactivate: press the Ù button. window defroster switches off automatically
The indicator lamp in the Ù button goes after several minutes.
out. The previously selected settings are If the battery voltage is too low, the rear window
restored. defroster may switch off.
When you activate MAX COOL, climate control
switches to the following functions: Activating/deactivating
Rmaximum cooling X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
Rmaximum airflow tion lock (Y page 140).
Rair-recirculation mode on X Press the ¤ button.
The indicator lamp in the ¤ button lights
up or goes out.
Operating the climate control systems 135

Problems with the rear window defroster


Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
The rear window The battery has not been sufficiently charged.
defroster has deactiva- X Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. reading lamps,
ted prematurely or can- interior lighting or the seat heating.
not be activated. When the battery is sufficiently charged, the rear window defroster
can be activated again.

Climate control
Switching air-recirculation mode (5 †) if the "Cooling with air dehumidifi-
on/off cation" function is activated

General notes
Switching the residual heat on or off
You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if
unpleasant odors are entering the vehicle from General notes
outside. The air already inside the vehicle will
then be recirculated. The residual heat function is only available on
If you switch on air-recirculation mode, the win- vehicles for Canada.
dows can fog up more quickly, in particular at It is possible to make use of the residual heat of
low temperatures. Only use air-recirculation the engine to continue heating the stationary
mode briefly to prevent the windows from fog- vehicle for up to 30 minutes after the engine has
ging up. been switched off. The heating time depends on
the set interior temperature.
Activating/deactivating
Activating/deactivating
X Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the igni-
tion lock (Y page 140). XTo activate: press the Ì or Á button.
X To activate: press the d button. The indicator lamp in the Ì or Á button
The indicator lamp in the d button lights lights up.
up. i The blower will run at a low speed regardless
i In the event of high pollution levels (3-zone of the airflow setting.
automatic climate control only) or at high out- i If you activate the residual heat function at
side temperatures, air-recirculation mode is high temperatures, only the ventilation will be
automatically activated. When air-recircula- activated. The blower runs at medium speed.
tion mode is activated automatically, the indi-
cator lamp in the d button is not lit. X To deactivate: press the Ì or Á but-
Outside air is added after about 30 minutes. ton.
The indicator lamp in the Ì or Á button
X To deactivate: press the d button. goes out.
The indicator lamp in the d button goes
out. Residual heat is deactivated automatically:
Rafter approximately 30 minutes
i Air-recirculation mode deactivates auto-
matically: Rwhen the ignition is switched on
Rafter approximately five minutes at outside Rif the battery voltage drops
temperatures below approximately 41 ‡
(5 †)
Rafter approximately five minutes if cooling Ionization
with air dehumidification is deactivated Ionization is used to purify the air in the vehicle
Rafter approximately 30 minutes at outside interior and attain an improved interior climate.
temperatures above approximately 41 ‡
136 Setting the air vents

The ionization of the interior air is odorless and Setting the center air vents
cannot be perceived directly in the vehicle inte-
rior.
You can switch ionization on and off via the mul-
timedia system (see the Digital Operator's Man-
ual).
Ionization can only be operated when the auto-
matic climate control is switched on. The side air
Climate control

vent on the driver's side must be open.

Setting the air vents


Important safety notes
: Center air vent, left
G WARNING ; Center air vent, right
Very hot or very cold air can flow from the air = Center vent thumbwheel, right
vents. This could result in burns or frostbite in ? Center vent thumbwheel, left
the immediate vicinity of the air vents. There X To open or close: turn thumbwheels =
is a risk of injury. and ? to the left or right.
Make sure that all vehicle occupants always
maintain a sufficient distance to the air out-
lets. If necessary, redirect the airflow to Setting the side air vents
another area of the vehicle interior.

In order to ensure the direct flow of fresh air


through the air vents into the vehicle interior,
please observe the following notes:
Rkeep the air inlet grille on the hood and in the
engine compartment on the front-passenger
side free of blockages, such as ice, snow or
leaves.
Rnever cover the air vents or air intake grilles in
the vehicle interior.
i For virtually draft-free ventilation, adjust the Example
sliders of the air vents to the center position. : Side window defroster vent
; Side air vent, left
= Thumbwheel for side air vent
X To open or close: turn thumbwheel = up or
down.

Setting the glove box air vent


! Close the air vent when heating the vehicle.
At high outside temperatures, open the air
vent and activate the "cooling with air dehu-
midification" function. Otherwise, tempera-
ture-sensitive items stored in the glove box
could be damaged.
Setting the air vents 137

Setting the B-pillar air vent


Second row of seats

Climate control
: Air vent control
; Air vent
When the climate control system is activated,
the glove box can be ventilated, for instance to : B-pillar air vent
cool its contents. The level of airflow depends on ; Thumbwheel for B-pillar air vent
the airflow and air distribution settings.
X To open or close: turn thumbwheel ; to the
X To open or close: turn thumbwheel : to the
left or right.
right or left.

Setting the rear-compartment air


vents
Setting the center vents in the rear com-
partment

B-pillar air vent in the headliner


: B-pillar air vent
; Thumbwheel for B-pillar air vent
X To open or close: turn thumbwheel ; up or
down.

Example: center vents with rear control panel


: Rear-compartment air vent thumbwheel
; Rear-compartment air vent, right
= Rear control panel
? Rear-compartment air vent, left
X To open or close: turn thumbwheel : up or
down.

Z
138 Setting the air vents

Third row of seats


Climate control

B-pillar air vent in the headliner


: B-pillar air vent
; Thumbwheel for B-pillar air vent
X To open or close: turn thumbwheel ; up or
down.
Driving 139

Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle Driving


Important safety notes Important safety notes
The sensor system of some driving and driving G WARNING
safety systems adjusts automatically while a
certain distance is being driven after the vehicle Objects in the driver's footwell can restrict the
has been delivered or after repairs. Full system pedal travel or obstruct a depressed pedal.
effectiveness is not reached until the end of this The operating and road safety of the vehicle is

Driving and parking


teach-in procedure. jeopardized. There is a risk of an accident.
New and replaced brake pads and discs only Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are
reach their optimum braking effect after several stowed correctly, and that they cannot enter
hundred kilometers of driving. Compensate for
this by applying greater force to the brake pedal. the driver's footwell. Install the floormats
securely and as specified in order to ensure
sufficient clearance for the pedals. Do not use
The first 1000 miles (1500 km) loose floormats and do not place floormats on
top of one another.
The more you look after the engine when it is
new, the more satisfied you will be with its per-
formance in the future. G WARNING
RYou should therefore drive at varying vehicle
Unsuitable footwear can hinder correct usage
and engine speeds for the first 1000 miles of the pedals, e.g.:
(1500 km). Rshoes with thick soles
RAvoid heavy loads, e.g. driving at full throttle,
Rshoes with high heels
during this period.
Rslippers
RChange gear in good time, before the tach-
ometer needle is Ô of the way to the red area There is a risk of an accident.
of the tachometer. Wear suitable footwear to ensure correct
RDo not manually shift to a lower gear to brake usage of the pedals.
the vehicle.
RTry to avoid depressing the accelerator pedal
G WARNING
beyond the point of resistance (kickdown).
If you switch off the ignition while driving,
Additional breaking-in notes for Mercedes-AMG
vehicles: safety-relevant functions are only available
with limitations, or not at all. This could affect,
RDo not drive faster than 85 mph (140 km/h)
for the first 1,000 miles (1,500 km). for example, the power steering and the brake
ROnly allow the engine to reach a maximum
boosting effect. You will require considerably
engine speed of 4,500 rpm briefly. more effort to steer and brake. There is a risk
RChange gear in good time. of an accident.
RIdeally, for the first 1,000 miles (1,500 km), Do not switch off the ignition while driving.
drive in the Comfort drive program.
After 1000 miles (1500 km), you can increase G WARNING
the engine speed gradually and accelerate the If the parking brake has not been fully
vehicle to full speed. released when driving, the parking brake can:
You should also observe these notes on break-
ing in if the engine or parts of the drive train on Roverheat and cause a fire
your vehicle have been replaced. Rlose its hold function.
Always observe the maximum permissible There is a risk of fire and an accident. Release
speed. the parking brake fully before driving off.

Z
140 Driving

! Do not warm up the engine while stationary. A check which periodically establishes a radio
Pull away immediately. Avoid high engine connection between the vehicle and the Smart-
speeds and full throttle until the engine has Key determines whether a valid SmartKey is in
reached its operating temperature. the vehicle. This occurs, for example, when
In vehicles with automatic transmission, starting the engine.
engage positions P and R only when the vehi- When you insert the Start/Stop button into the
cle is stationary. ignition lock, the system needs approximately
Where possible, avoid spinning the drive two seconds recognition time. You can then use
wheels when pulling away on slippery roads. the Start/Stop button.
Driving and parking

You could otherwise damage the drive train. Pressing the Start/Stop button several times in
succession corresponds to the different Smart-
! Mercedes-AMG vehicles: at low engine oil Key positions in the ignition lock. This is only the
temperatures below 68 ‡ (+20 †), the max- case if you are not depressing the brake pedal.
imum engine speed is restricted in order to If you depress the brake pedal and press the
protect the engine. To protect the engine and Start/Stop button, the engine starts immedi-
maintain smooth engine operation, avoid driv- ately.
ing at full throttle when the engine is cold.
To start the vehicle without actively using the
SmartKey:
Key positions Rthe Start/Stop button must be inserted in the
ignition lock
SmartKey Rthe SmartKey must be in the vehicle
Rthe vehicle must not be locked with the
SmartKey or KEYLESS-GO (Y page 78).
Do not keep the SmartKey:
Rwith electronic devices, e.g. a mobile phone
or another SmartKey
Rwith metallic objects, e.g. coins or metal foil
Rinside metallic objects, e.g. a metal case
This can impair the functionality of the KEY-
LESS-GO key.
Do not keep the KEYLESS-GO key in the tem-
perature-controlled cup holder (Y page 309).
g To remove the SmartKey Otherwise, the KEYLESS-GO key will not be rec-
ognized.
1 Power supply for some consumers, such as
the windshield wipers If you lock the vehicle with the SmartKey remote
2 Ignition (power supply for all consumers)
control or with KEYLESS-GO, after a short time:
and drive position Ryou will not be able to switch on the ignition
3 To start the engine with the Start/Stop button
Ryou will not be able to start the engine with the
i The SmartKey can be turned in the ignition Start/Stop button until the vehicle is
lock even if it is not the correct SmartKey for unlocked again
the vehicle. The ignition is not switched on.
The engine cannot be started. If you lock the vehicle centrally using the button
on the front door (Y page 83), you can continue
to start the engine with the Start/Stop button.
KEYLESS-GO The engine can be switched off while the vehicle
is in motion by pressing and holding the Start/
General notes Stop button for three seconds. This function
Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO are equipped with a operates independently of the ECO start/stop
SmartKey featuring an integrated KEYLESS-GO automatic engine switch-off function.
function and a detachable Start/Stop button.
Driving 141

Key positions with KEYLESS-GO You do not have to remove the Start/Stop but-
ton from the ignition lock when you leave the
vehicle. You should, however, always take the
SmartKey with you when leaving the vehicle. As
long as the SmartKey is in the vehicle:
Rthe vehicle can be started using the Start/
Stop button
Rthe electrically powered equipment can be
operated

Driving and parking


Starting the engine
: Start/Stop button Important safety notes
; Ignition lock
G WARNING
As soon as the ignition is switched on, all the
indicator lamps in the instrument cluster light If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle,
up. Further information on situations where an they could:
indicator lamp either fails to go out after starting Ropen the doors, thus endangering other
the engine or lights up while driving
(Y page 281). people or road users.
If Start/Stop button : has not yet been Rget out and disrupt traffic.
pressed, this corresponds to the SmartKey Roperate the vehicle's equipment.
being removed from the ignition.
Additionally, children could set the vehicle in
X To switch on the power supply: press
motion if, for example, they:
Start/Stop button : once.
The power supply is switched on. You can now Rrelease the parking brake.
activate the windshield wipers, for example. Rshifting the automatic transmission out of
The power supply is switched off again if: park position P
Rthe driver's door is opened and RStart the engine.
Ryou press Start/Stop : button twice when in
There is a risk of an accident and injury.
this position
When leaving the vehicle, always take the
X To switch on the ignition: press Start/Stop
button : twice. SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never
The ignition is switched on. leave children or animals unattended in the
If you press Start/Stop button : once when vehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out of
in this position, the ignition is deactivated reach of children.
again.
G WARNING
Removing the Start/Stop button Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust
You can remove the Start/Stop button from the gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling
ignition lock and start the vehicle as normal
these exhaust gases leads to poisoning. There
using the SmartKey.
is a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leave
It is possible to switch between KEYLESS-GO
mode and key operation only when the trans- the engine running in enclosed spaces with-
mission is in position j. out sufficient ventilation.
X Remove Start/Stop button : from ignition
lock ;. G WARNING
Flammable materials introduced through
environmental influence or by animals can

Z
142 Driving

ignite if in contact with the exhaust system or X Depress the brake pedal and keep it
parts of the engine that heat up. There is a risk depressed.
X Press the Start/Stop button once
of fire.
(Y page 140).
Carry out regular checks to make sure that Vehicles with a gasoline engine: the engine
there are no flammable foreign materials in starts.
the engine compartment or in the exhaust Vehicles with a diesel engine: preglow is
system. activated and the engine starts.
Driving and parking

General notes Starting procedure via smartphone


Vehicles with a gasoline engine: the catalytic Observe the important safety notes on starting
converter is preheated for up to 30 seconds the engine (Y page 141).
after a cold start. The sound of the engine may You can also start your engine via your smart-
change during this time. phone from outside the vehicle. In this case, the
previously selected climate control setting is
Automatic transmission activated. In this way you can cool or heat the
interior of the vehicle before starting the jour-
X Shift the transmission to position j ney.
(Y page 148). Only start the engine via your smartphone if it is
The transmission position indicator on the safe to start and run the engine where your vehi-
multifunction display shows j cle is parked.
(Y page 149).
Observe the legal stipulations in the area where
i You can start the engine in transmission your vehicle is parked. Engine start via smart-
position j and i. phone may be limited to certain countries or
regions.
Starting procedure with the SmartKey You can execute a maximum of two consecutive
starting attempts via your smartphone. If you
X To start a diesel engine: turn the SmartKey insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock, you
to position 2 in the ignition lock can carry out two more starting attempts.
(Y page 140). Once you have started the engine, you can
The % preglow indicator lamp in the instru- switch the engine off via your smartphone at any
ment cluster lights up. time.
X Turn the SmartKey to position 3 in the igni- You can only start the engine via your smart-
tion lock (Y page 140) and release it as soon phone if:
as the engine is running. Rthe SmartKey is in the ignition lock
i Vehicles with a diesel engine: you can Rpark position j is selected
start the engine without preglow if the engine Rthe accelerator pedal is not depressed
is warm. Rthe anti-theft alarm system is not activated
Rthe panic alarm is not activated
Using KEYLESS-GO to start the engine Rthe hazard warning lamps are switched off
The Start/Stop button can be used to start the Rthe hood is closed
vehicle without inserting the SmartKey into the Rthe doors are closed and locked
ignition lock. The Start/Stop button must be Rthe windows and sliding sunroof are closed
inserted in the ignition lock and the SmartKey Also make sure that:
must be in the vehicle. This mode for starting the
engine operates independently of the ECO Rthe fuel tank is sufficiently filled
start/stop automatic engine start function. Rthe starter battery is sufficiently charged
Driving 143

G WARNING Information on the automatic release of the


electric parking brake (Y page 163).
Limbs could be crushed or trapped if the
engine is started unintentionally during ser-
Pulling away with a trailer
vice or maintenance work. There is a risk of
injury.
Always secure the engine against uninten-
tional starting before carrying out mainte-

Driving and parking


nance or repair work.

Make sure that the engine cannot be started via


your smartphone before carrying out mainte-
nance or repairs. You can prevent an engine
start via your smartphone, for example, if you:
Rswitch on the hazard warning lamps
Rdo not lock the doors
Ropen the hood To ensure that you do not roll backwards when
pulling away on an uphill slope, engage the elec-
tric parking brake.
Pulling away X Press and hold handle :.
The electric parking brake continues to brake
General notes and prevent the vehicle from rolling back-
wards.
G WARNING The red F (USA only) or ! (Canada
If the engine speed is above the idling speed only) indicator lamp in the instrument cluster
and you engage transmission position D or R, remains on.
the vehicle could pull away suddenly. There is X Depress the accelerator pedal.

a risk of an accident. X As soon as the vehicle/trailer combination is


held by the driving force of the engine, release
When engaging transmission position D or R, lever :.
always firmly depress the brake pedal and do the electric parking brake is released.
not simultaneously accelerate. The red F (USA only) or ! (Canada
only) indicator lamp in the instrument cluster
Depress the accelerator carefully when pulling goes out.
away.
The vehicle locks centrally once you have pulled
away. The locking knobs in the doors drop down.
Hill start assist
You can open the doors from the inside at any Hill start assist helps you when pulling away for-
time. wards or in reverse on an uphill gradient. It holds
You can also deactivate the automatic locking the vehicle for a short time after you have
feature (Y page 244). removed your foot from the brake pedal. This
It is only possible to shift the transmission from gives you enough time to move your foot from
position P to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal to the accelerator pedal and to
the brake pedal. Only then is the parking lock depress it before the vehicle begins to roll.
released. If you do not depress the brake pedal, G WARNING
the DIRECT SELECT lever can still be moved but
the parking lock remains engaged. After a short time, hill start assist will no lon-
ger brake your vehicle and it could roll away.
i Upshifts take place at higher engine speeds There is a risk of an accident and injury.
after a cold start. This helps the catalytic con-
verter to reach its operating temperature Therefore, quickly move your foot from the
more quickly. brake pedal to the accelerator pedal. Never

Z
144 Driving

leave the vehicle when it is held by hill start ECO symbol is shown in the multifunction dis-
assist. play.
Mercedes-AMG vehicles: the ECO start/stop
Hill start assist is not active if: function is only available in drive programs
Comfort and Slippery.
Ryou are pulling away on a level road or on a
downhill gradient.
Rthe transmission is in position N.
Automatic engine switch-off
Rthe electric parking brake is applied. If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or N,
Driving and parking

RESP® is malfunctioning. the ECO start/stop function switches off the


engine automatically.
The ECO start/stop function is operational
ECO start/stop function when:
Rthe indicator lamp in the ECO button is lit
Introduction green
Rthe Sport Plus or Sport drive program is not
The ECO start/stop function switches the
engine off automatically if the vehicle is stopped selected (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
under certain conditions. Rno Off-road program has been selected
The engine starts automatically when the driver Rthe outside temperature and the atmospheric
wants to pull away again. The ECO start/stop air pressure is within the range that is suitable
function thereby helps you to reduce the fuel for the system
consumption and emissions of your vehicle. Rthe engine is at normal operating temperature
Rthe set temperature for the vehicle interior
Important safety notes has been reached
Rthe battery is sufficiently charged
G WARNING Rthe system detects that the windshield is not
If the engine is switched off automatically and fogged up when the air-conditioning system is
you exit the vehicle, the engine is restarted switched on
automatically. The vehicle may begin moving. Rthe hood is closed
There is a risk of accident and injury. Rthe driver's door is closed and the driver's
If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn off seat belt is fastened
the ignition and secure the vehicle against All of the vehicle's systems remain active when
the engine is stopped automatically.
rolling away.
The HOLD function can also be activated if the
engine has been switched off automatically. It is
General notes then not necessary to continue applying the
brakes during the automatic stop phase. When
you depress the accelerator pedal, the engine
starts automatically and the braking effect of
the HOLD function is deactivated.
All vehicles (except Mercedes-AMG vehi-
cles): automatic engine switch-off can take
place a maximum of four times in a row (initial
stop, then three subsequent stops).
: ECO start/stop display Mercedes-AMG vehicles: the number of con-
The ECO start/stop function is activated when- secutive automatic engine switch-offs is unlimi-
ever you start the engine using the SmartKey or ted.
the Start/Stop button.
If the engine has been switched off automati-
cally by the ECO start/stop function, the è
Driving 145

Automatic engine start Deactivating or activating the ECO


start/stop function
The engine starts automatically if:
Ryou switch off the ECO start/stop function by All vehicles (except Mercedes-AMG vehi-
pressing the ECO button cles)
Rin transmission position D or N the brake
pedal is released and the HOLD function is not
active
Ryou depress the accelerator pedal

Driving and parking


Ryou engage reverse gear R
Ryou move the transmission out of position P
Ryou switch to the Sport Plus or Sport drive
program (Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
Ryou activate manual gearshifting (Mercedes-
AMG vehicles)
Ryou switch to the Offroad drive program
(vehicles without Off-Road Engineering pack-
age) X To deactivate: press ECO button :.
Ryou switch to the Offroad or Offroad Plus
Indicator lamp ; goes out.
X To activate: press ECO button :.
drive program (vehicles with Off-Road Engi-
neering package) Indicator lamp ; lights up.
Ryou unfasten your seat belt or open the driv- If indicator lamp ; is off, the ECO start/stop
er's door function has been deactivated manually or as
Rthe vehicle starts to roll the result of a malfunction.
Rthe brake system requires this Mercedes-AMG vehicles
Rthe temperature in the vehicle interior devi-
ates from the set range
Rthe system detects moisture on the wind-
shield when the air-conditioning system is
switched on
Rthe battery's condition of charge is too low
Shifting the transmission to position P does not
start the engine.

X To deactivate: in the Comfort drive pro-


gram, press ECO button :.
or
X Activate manual gearshifting (Y page 152).
or
X Switch to the Sport Plus or Sport drive pro-
gram (Y page 147).
Indicator lamp ; goes out.
X To activate: press ECO button :.
Indicator lamp ; lights up. When the
Sport Plus or Sport drive program is activa-
ted, the automatic transmission switches to
the Comfort drive program.
Z
146 Driving

If indicator lamp ; is off, the ECO start/stop


function has been deactivated manually or as
the result of a malfunction.

Problems with the engine


Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Driving and parking

The engine does not RThere is a malfunction in the engine electronics.


start. The starter motor RThere is a malfunction in the fuel supply.
can be heard. Before attempting to start the engine again:
X Turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock back to position u.
or
X Press the Start/Stop button repeatedly until all indicator lamps in
the instrument cluster go out.
X Try to start the engine again (Y page 141). Avoid excessively long
and frequent attempts to start the engine as these will drain the
battery.
If the engine does not start after several attempts:
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine does not The on-board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak or
start. You cannot hear discharged.
the starter motor. X Jump-start the vehicle (Y page 346).
If the engine does not start despite attempts to jump-start it:
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The starter motor was exposed to a thermal load that was too high.
X Allow the starter motor to cool down for approximately two minutes.
X Try to start the engine again.
If the engine still does not start:
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

Vehicles with a gasoline There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanical


engine: component of the engine management system.
The engine is not running X Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly.
smoothly and is misfir- Otherwise, non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converter
ing. and damage it.
X Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist work-
shop.
The coolant temperature The coolant level is too low. The coolant is too hot and the engine is no
gage shows a value longer being cooled sufficiently.
above 248 ‡ (120 †). X Stop as soon as possible and allow the engine and the coolant to
cool down.
X Check the coolant level (Y page 328). Observe the warning notes
as you do so and add coolant if necessary.
DYNAMIC SELECT controller 147

DYNAMIC SELECT controller Slippery Optimal driving characteris-


tics on slippery or snow-
Use the DYNAMIC SELECT controller to change covered roads
the drive program. Depending on the drive pro-
gram selected the following vehicle character- Off-road Optimal driving characteris-
istics will change: tics for easily negotiable off-
road terrain
Rthe drive (engine and transmission manage-
ment) Off-road Plus Optimal driving characteris-

Driving and parking


Rthe transmission (vehicles with tics for rough terrain
Off-Road Engi-
Rthe suspension
neering pack-
Rthe steering age)
Rthe availability of the ECO start/stop function
Each time you start the engine with the Smart- Further information on:
Key or the Start/Stop button, the Comfort drive
Rthe Individual, Sport, Comfort and Slippery
program is activated. For further information
about starting the engine, see (Y page 141). drive programs (Y page 151)
The Comfort drive program is recommended in Rthe Off-road drive program (vehicles without
city traffic and stop/start traffic situations. Off-Road Engineering package)
(Y page 219)
Rthe Off-road and Off-road Plus drive pro-
grams (vehicles with Off-Road Engineering
package) (Y page 220)

X All vehicles (except Mercedes-AMG vehi-


cles): turn DYNAMIC SELECT controller : as
many times as necessary until the desired
drive program is selected.
The selected drive program appears in the X Mercedes-AMG vehicles: turn DYNAMIC
multifunction display. After five seconds the SELECT controller : as many times as nec-
display goes out. essary until the desired drive program is
In addition, the current drive program settings selected.
are displayed in the multimedia system dis- The selected drive program appears in the
play. multifunction display. After five seconds the
display goes out.
Drive programs available (all vehicles
except Mercedes-AMG vehicles): In addition, the current drive program settings
are displayed in the multimedia system dis-
Individual Individual settings play.
Drive programs available (Mercedes-AMG
Sport Sporty driving characteris- vehicles):
tics
Comfort Comfortable and economi- Individual Individual settings
cal driving characteristics Comfort Comfortable and economi-
cal driving characteristics

Z
148 Automatic transmission

Sport Sporty driving characteris- The DIRECT SELECT lever always returns to its
tics original position. The current transmission posi-
tion j, k, i or h is shown on the trans-
Sport Plus Particularly sporty driving mission position display on the multifunction
characteristics display (Y page 149).
Slippery Optimal driving characteris-
tics on slippery or snow-
Engaging park position P
covered roads ! If the engine speed is too high or the vehicle
Driving and parking

is coasting, do not shift the automatic trans-


Additional information for drive programs mission directly from h to k, from k to h
(Y page 151). or directly to j. Otherwise, the automatic
transmission may be damaged.
X Push the DIRECT SELECT lever switch in the
Automatic transmission direction of arrow j.
Important safety notes
Engaging park position P automatically
G WARNING
Park position j is automatically engaged if:
The automatic transmission switches to neu-
RYou switch off the engine using the SmartKey
tral position N when you switch off the engine.
and remove the SmartKey
The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of an
RYou switch off the engine using the SmartKey
accident.
or using the Start/Stop button and open the
After switching off the engine, always switch driver's door or front-passenger door
to parking position P. Prevent the parked vehi- RYou open the driver's door when the vehicle is
cle from rolling away by applying the parking stationary or when driving at a very low speed
brake. and the transmission is in position h or k
Under certain conditions, the automatic trans-
mission shifts automatically to transmission
position j if the HOLD function or Distance
DIRECT SELECT lever Pilot DISTRONIC is activated. Observe the infor-
mation on the HOLD function (Y page 187) and
Overview of transmission positions on Distance Pilot DISTRONIC (Y page 179).

Engaging reverse gear R


! Only move the automatic transmission to
k when the vehicle is stationary.
X If the transmission is in position h or i:
push the DIRECT SELECT lever up past the
first point of resistance.
X If the transmission is in position j: depress
the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT
lever up past the first point of resistance.
j Park position with parking lock
k Reverse gear
i Neutral
h Drive
The DIRECT SELECT lever is on the right of the
steering column.
Automatic transmission 149

Shifting to neutral N With the SmartKey:


X Switch on the ignition.
G WARNING
X Depress the brake pedal and keep it
If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, depressed.
they could: X Shift to neutral i.
Ropen the doors, thus endangering other X Release the brake pedal.
people or road users. X Release the electric parking brake.
Rget out and disrupt traffic. X Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey

Driving and parking


in the ignition lock.
Roperate the vehicle's equipment.
Additionally, children could set the vehicle in With the Start/Stop button:
motion if, for example, they: X Remove the Start/Stop button from the igni-
tion lock.
Rrelease the parking brake. X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.
Rshifting the automatic transmission out of X Switch on the ignition.
park position P X Depress the brake pedal and keep it
RStart the engine. depressed.
There is a risk of an accident and injury. X Shift to neutral i.
X Release the brake pedal.
When leaving the vehicle, always take the
SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never X Release the electric parking brake.

leave children or animals unattended in the X Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey
vehicle. Always keep the SmartKey out of in the ignition lock.
reach of children.
Engaging drive position D
X If the transmission is in position h or k:
push the DIRECT SELECT lever up or down to X If the transmission is in position k or i:
the first point of resistance. push the DIRECT SELECT lever down past the
first point of resistance.
X If the transmission is in position j: depress
X If the transmission is in position j: depress
the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT
lever up or down to the first point of resist- the brake pedal and push the DIRECT SELECT
ance. lever down past the first point of resistance.
If you switch the engine off with the transmis-
sion in position k or h, the automatic trans-
mission shifts to i automatically. Transmission position and drive pro-
With the SmartKey: if you then open the driv- gram display
er's door or the front-passenger door or remove The current transmission position and drive pro-
the SmartKey from the ignition lock, the auto- gram appear in the multifunction display.
matic transmission shifts to j automatically.
With the Start/Stop button: if you then open
the driver's door or the front-passenger door,
the automatic transmission shifts automatically
to j.
If you want the automatic transmission to
remain in neutral i, e.g. when having the vehi-
cle cleaned in an automatic, tow-through car
wash: : Transmission position
; Gear
= Drive program

Z
150 Automatic transmission

The arrows in the transmission position display A Neutral


show how and into which transmission positions
you can shift using the DIRECT SELECT lever. Do not shift the transmission to N
while driving. Otherwise, the auto-
If the transmission position display on the mul-
matic transmission could be dam-
tifunction display is not working, you should pull
aged.
away carefully to check whether the desired
transmission position is engaged. Ideally, you No power is transmitted from the
should select transmission position h and, in engine to the drive wheels.
Mercedes-AMG vehicles, drive program C or S. Releasing the brakes will allow you to
Driving and parking

move the vehicle freely, e.g. to push


it or tow it.
Transmission positions If ESP® is deactivated or faulty: shift
the transmission to position N if the
B Park position vehicle is in danger of skidding, e.g.
Only shift the transmission into posi- on icy roads.
tion P when the vehicle is stationary If you switch the engine off with the
(Y page 161). The parking lock transmission in position R or D, the
should not be used as a brake when automatic transmission shifts to N
parking. Always apply the electronic automatically.
parking brake in addition to the park- ! Coasting in neutral i may
ing lock in order to secure the vehi- cause damage to the drive train.
cle.
If the vehicle electronics are malfunc- 7 Drive
tioning, the transmission may be The automatic transmission changes
locked in position P. Have the vehicle gear automatically. All forward gears
electronics checked immediately at a are available.
qualified specialist workshop.
Park position P is automatically
engaged if: Driving tips
Ryou switch off the engine using the
SmartKey and remove the Smart- Changing gear
Key
The automatic transmission shifts through the
Ryou switch off the engine using the
individual gears automatically when it is in trans-
SmartKey or using the Start/Stop mission position h. This automatic gear shift-
button and open the driver's door ing behavior is determined by:
or front-passenger door
Rthe selected drive program
Rthe driver's door is opened when
the vehicle is stationary or driving Rthe position of the accelerator pedal
at very low speed and the trans- Rthe road speed
mission is in position D or R
C Reverse gear Accelerator pedal position
Only shift the transmission into posi- Your style of driving influences how the auto-
tion R when the vehicle is stationary. matic transmission shifts gear:
Rlittle throttle: early upshifts
Rmore throttle: late upshifts
Automatic transmission 151

Kickdown Comfort drive program


Use kickdown for maximum acceleration. The Comfort drive program has the following
X Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the characteristics:
pressure point. Rcomfort-oriented engine and transmission
The automatic transmission shifts to a lower settings.
gear depending on the engine speed. Roptimal fuel consumption resulting from the
X Ease off the accelerator pedal once the automatic transmission shifting up sooner.
desired speed is reached. Rthe vehicle pulling away more gently in

Driving and parking


The automatic transmission shifts back up. forward and reverse gears, unless the accel-
erator pedal is depressed fully.
Rocking the vehicle free Rthe automatic transmission shifting up
sooner. This results in the vehicle being driven
Shifting back and forth between transmission at lower engine speeds and the wheels being
positions h and k can help to free up the less likely to spin.
vehicle if it gets stuck in mud or snow. The vehi-
cle's engine management system limits the
speed to a maximum of 5 mph (9 km/h) when Sport drive program
shifting back and forth. To shift repeatedly The Sport drive program has the following char-
between transmission positions h and k, acteristics:
move the DIRECT SELECT lever up and down
past the point of resistance. Rsporty engine and transmission settings.
Rthe automatic transmission shifting up later.
Towing a trailer the fuel consumption possibly being higher as
a result of the later automatic transmission
X Drive in the middle of the engine speed range shift points.
on uphill gradients. Rthe suspension exhibits sporty damping (vehi-
X Depending on the uphill or downhill gradient, cles with AIRMATIC).
use the left-hand steering wheel paddle
shifter (Y page 152) to select a lower gear, Drive program Sport Plus (Mercedes-
even if cruise control or Distance Pilot AMG vehicles)
DISTRONIC are activated.
The Sport Plus drive program has the following
characteristics:
Drive programs Rthe vehicle exhibits particularly sporty driving
characteristics.
Slippery drive program Rthe vehicle pulling away in first gear.
The Slippery drive program has the following Rthe automatic transmission shifting up later.
characteristics: the fuel consumption possibly being higher as
a result of the later automatic transmission
Rreduced engine and transmission settings for
shift points.
optimum propulsion on slippery or snow-cov-
Rthe suspension exhibits particularly firm
ered roads.
springing and damping settings (vehicles with
Roptimized ESP® stability control on slippery or
AIRMATIC).
snow-covered roads. Rthe ECO start/stop function is deactivated, it
Rthe vehicle has improved driving stability on can, however, be activated again using the
slippery or snow-covered roads, for example. ECO button (Y page 145).

Z
152 Automatic transmission

Individual drive program Temporary setting


In the Individual drive program, the following
properties of the drive program can be selected:
Rthe drive (engine and transmission manage-
ment)
Rthe transmission
Rthe suspension
Driving and parking

Rall vehicles (except Mercedes-AMG vehicles):


the steering
Rall vehicles (except Mercedes-AMG vehicles):
availability of the ECO start/stop function
To select the gears in the Individual drive pro-
gram permanently using the steering wheel pad- X To activate: shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to
dle shifters, select the permanent manual gear- position h.
shift program. X Pull steering wheel paddle shifter : or ;.
Information about configuring the Individual
The temporary setting is active for a certain
drive program with the multimedia system can
amount of time. Under certain conditions, the
be found in the Digital Operator's Manual.
minimum amount of time is extended, e.g. in the
case of lateral acceleration, during overrun
mode or when driving on steep terrain.
Manual gear shifting X To deactivate: pull steering wheel paddle

General notes shifter ; and hold it in place.


or
You can change gear yourself using the steering X Use the DIRECT SELECT lever to switch the
wheel paddle shifters. The transmission must be transmission position.
in position h to do this.
or
Depending on which steering wheel paddle X Use the DYNAMIC SELECT controller to
shifter is pulled, the automatic transmission
change the drive program.
immediately shifts into the next gear down or
up, if permitted.
To use manual shifting, you have two options: Permanent setting (all vehicles except
Rtemporary setting
Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
Rpermanent setting
If you activate manual gearshifting, the current
gear appears in the multifunction display
instead of transmission position h.
If manual gearshifting is deactivated, the gears
will be selected automatically.

X To activate: shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to


position h.
X Press button :.
Automatic transmission 153

X To deactivate: press button :.


or
X Use the DYNAMIC SELECT controller to
change the drive program.

Permanent setting (Mercedes-AMG


vehicles)

Driving and parking


X To shift up: pull steering wheel paddle
shifter ;.
The automatic transmission shifts up to the
next gear.
All vehicles (except Mercedes-AMG vehi-
cles): if the maximum engine speed in the
gear currently engaged is reached and you
continue to accelerate, the automatic trans-
mission automatically shifts up to prevent
X To activate: shift the DIRECT SELECT lever to
engine damage.
position h.
X To shift down: pull steering wheel paddle
X Press button :.
shifter :.
Indicator lamp ; lights up.
The automatic transmission shifts down to
X To deactivate: press button :. the next gear.
or Automatic down shifting occurs when coast-
X Use the DYNAMIC SELECT controller to ing.
switch to the Individual drive program. If the engine were to exceed the maximum
Indicator lamp ; goes out. engine speed when shifting down, the auto-
matic transmission protects against engine
damage by not shifting down.
Shifting gears
! Mercedes-AMG vehicles: the automatic Shift recommendation
transmission does not shift up automatically
even when the engine limiting speed for the
current gear is reached. When the engine lim-
iting speed is reached, the fuel supply is cut to
prevent the engine from overrevving. Always
make sure that the engine speed does not
reach the red area of the tachometer. There is
otherwise a risk of engine damage.
The gearshift recommendations assist you in
adopting an economical driving style. The rec-
ommended gear is shown in the multifunction
display.
X When the corresponding gearshift recom-
mendation : appears in the multifunction
display of the instrument cluster, shift to rec-
ommended gear ;.

Z
154 Automatic transmission

Upshifting (Mercedes-AMG vehicles) X When the UP message appears in the multi-


function display, pull on the right-hand steer-
! In manual mode, the automatic transmis- ing wheel paddle shifter.
sion does not shift up automatically even
when the engine limiting speed for the current
gear is reached. When the engine limiting Kickdown
speed is reached, the fuel supply is cut to Mercedes-AMG vehicles: kickdown is only
prevent the engine from overrevving. Always possible in the temporary setting.
make sure that the engine speed does not
X For maximum acceleration, depress the
Driving and parking

reach the red area of the tachometer. There is


otherwise a risk of engine damage. accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point.
The automatic transmission shifts to a lower
gear depending on the engine speed.
X Shift back up once the desired speed is
reached.
During kickdown, you cannot shift gears using
the steering wheel paddle shifters.
If you apply full throttle, the automatic trans-
mission shifts up to the next gear when the
: Gear indicator maximum engine speed is reached. This pre-
; Upshift indicator vents the engine from overrevving.
Before the engine speed reaches the red area,
an upshift indicator will be shown in the multi-
function display.
Refueling 155

Problems with the transmission


Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
The transmission has The transmission is losing oil.
problems shifting gear. X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop
immediately.
7G-TRONIC: The transmission is in emergency mode.

Driving and parking


The acceleration ability It is only possible to shift into second gear and reverse gear.
is deteriorating. X Stop the vehicle.
The transmission no lon- X Shift the transmission to position P.
ger changes gear.
X Switch off the engine.
X Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine.
X Shift the transmission to position D or R.
If D is selected, the transmission shifts into second gear; if R is
selected, the transmission shifts into reverse gear.
X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop
immediately.
9G-TRONIC: The transmission is in emergency mode.
The acceleration ability It is only partly possible to engage the gears or the transmission is in
is deteriorating. position N.
The transmission no lon- X Stop the vehicle.
ger changes gear. X Shift the transmission to position P.
X Switch off the engine.
X Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine.
X Shift the transmission to position D or R.
X Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop
immediately.

Transfer case ! Vehicles with 4MATIC must not be towed


with either the front or the rear axle raised, as
This section is only valid for vehicles with 4- doing so will damage the transmission.
wheel drive (4MATIC). Power is always trans-
mitted to both axles.
! Performance tests may only be carried out Refueling
on a 2-axle dynamometer. The brake system
or transfer case could otherwise be damaged. Important safety notes
Contact a qualified specialist workshop for a
performance test. G WARNING
Fuel is highly flammable. If you handle fuel
! Because ESP® is an automatic system, the
engine and ignition must be switched off incorrectly, there is a risk of fire and explo-
(SmartKey in position 0 or 1 or Start/Stop sion.
button in position 0 or 1) when the electric You must avoid fire, open flames, creating
parking brake is being tested on a brake dyna- sparks and smoking. Switch off the engine
mometer (maximum 10 seconds). and, if applicable, the auxiliary heating before
Braking triggered automatically by ESP® may refueling.
seriously damage the brake system.
Z
156 Refueling

G WARNING engine. The repair costs are high. Notify a


qualified specialist workshop and have the
Fuel is poisonous and hazardous to health. fuel tank and fuel lines drained completely.
There is a risk of injury.
! Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with a
You must make sure that fuel does not come gasoline engine. Do not switch on the ignition
into contact with your skin, eyes or clothing if you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel.
and that it is not swallowed. Do not inhale fuel Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel system.
vapors. Keep fuel away from children. Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could
result in damage to the fuel system and the
Driving and parking

If you or others come into contact with fuel,


engine. Notify a qualified specialist workshop
observe the following: and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained
RWash away fuel from skin immediately completely.
using soap and water. ! Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the
RIf fuel comes into contact with your eyes, fuel system.
immediately rinse them thoroughly with ! Take care not to spill any fuel on painted
clean water. Seek medical assistance with- surfaces. You could otherwise damage the
out delay. paintwork.
RIf fuel is swallowed, seek medical assis-
! Use a filter when adding fuel from a fuel can.
tance without delay. Do not induce vomit- The fuel lines and/or the fuel injection system
ing. could otherwise be blocked by particles from
RImmediately change out of clothing which the fuel can.
has come into contact with fuel. Do not get into the vehicle again during the refu-
eling process. Otherwise, electrostatic charge
G WARNING could build up again.
If you overfill the fuel tank, fuel could spray out
Electrostatic buildup can create sparks and
when the fuel pump nozzle is removed.
ignite fuel vapors. There is a risk of fire and
For further information on fuel and fuel quality
explosion. (Y page 387).
Always touch the vehicle body before opening
the fuel filler flap or touching the fuel pump
nozzle. Any existing electrostatic buildup is Refueling
thereby discharged.
General information
G WARNING Pay attention to the important safety notes
Vehicles with a diesel engine: (Y page 155).
If you mix diesel fuel with gasoline, the flash The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked auto-
matically when you unlock or lock the vehicle
point is lower than that of pure diesel fuel.
with the SmartKey or using KEYLESS-GO.
When the engine is running, exhaust system
The position of the fuel filler cap is displayed
components could overheat without being 8 in the instrument cluster. The arrow next
noticed. There is a risk of fire. to the filling pump indicates the side of the vehi-
Never refuel with gasoline. Never mix gasoline cle.
with diesel fuel.

! Do not use gasoline to refuel vehicles with a


diesel engine. Do not switch on the ignition if
you accidentally refuel with the wrong fuel.
Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel system.
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel could
result in damage to the fuel system and the
Refueling 157

Opening the fuel filler flap X Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise and
remove it.
X Insert the fuel filler cap into the holder
bracket on the inside of filler flap ;.
X Completely insert the filler neck of the fuel
pump nozzle into the tank, hook in place and
refuel.
X Only fill the tank until the pump nozzle
switches off.

Driving and parking


Do not add any more fuel after the pump stops
filling for the first time. Otherwise, fuel may leak
out.
Vehicles with a diesel engine: the filler neck is
: To open the fuel filler flap designed for refueling at diesel filling pumps.
; To insert the fuel filler cap
= Instruction label for fuel type to be refueled Closing the fuel filler flap
? Tire pressure table
X Replace the cap on the filler neck and turn
X Switch off the engine. clockwise until it engages audibly.
X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. X Close the fuel filler flap.
or, on vehicles with KEYLESS‑GO:
Close the fuel filler flap before locking the vehi-
X Open the driver's door. cle.
The vehicle electronics are now in key posi- If you are driving with the fuel filler cap open, the
tion u. This is the same as the key having 8 reserve fuel warning lamp flashes. A mes-
been removed. sage appears in the multifunction display
The driver’s door can be closed again. (Y page 263).
X Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of In addition, the ; Check Engine warning
arrow :. lamp may light up (Y page 288).
The fuel filler flap swings up.

Z
158 Refueling

Problems with fuel and the fuel tank


Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions
Fuel is leaking from the G WARNING
vehicle.
The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty.
Risk of explosion or fire.
X Apply the electric parking brake.
Driving and parking

X Switch off the engine.


X Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.
or, on vehicles with KEYLESS‑GO:
X Open the driver's door.
The vehicle electronics are now in key position u. This is the same
as the SmartKey having been removed.
X Do not restart the engine under any circumstances.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The engine does not The fuel tank of a vehicle with a diesel engine has been run completely
start. dry.
X Refuel the vehicle with at least 5.3 US qt (5 liters) of diesel.
X Turn the ignition on for approximately ten seconds (Y page 140).
X Start the engine continuously for up to ten seconds until it runs
smoothly.
If the engine does not start:
X Turn the ignition on again for approximately ten seconds
(Y page 140).
X Start the engine again continuously for up to ten seconds until it
runs smoothly.
If the engine does not start after three attempts:
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

The fuel filler flap cannot The fuel filler flap is not unlocked.
be opened. X Unlock the vehicle (Y page 77).

The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged.


X Unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key (Y page 79).

The fuel filler flap is unlocked, but the opening mechanism is jammed.
X Consult a qualified specialist workshop.

DEF (BlueTEC vehicles only) When the supply of DEF is almost used up, the
Check Additive See Operator's Manual
General notes message is shown in the multifunction display.
If you drive the vehicle faster than 10 mph
To function properly, BlueTEC exhaust gas after- (16 km/h), the Check Additive See Opera‐
treatment must be operated with the reducing tor's Manual message goes out after approx-
agent DEF. Adding DEF is one of the tasks per- imately one minute.
formed during maintenance.
Refueling 159

When the DEF supply drops to a minimum, the If you or other persons come into contact with
Remaining Starts: 16 message is shown in DEF, observe the following:
the multifunction display. RRinse DEF from your skin immediately with
If the Remaining Starts: 16 message soap and water.
appears in the multifunction display, you can RIf DEF comes into contact with your eyes,
start the engine another 16 times. If DEF is not immediately rinse them thoroughly with clean
refilled, you will subsequently be unable to water. Seek medical assistance without
start the engine. delay.
X Add at least 2 gal (7.5 l) of DEF.

Driving and parking


RIf DEF has been swallowed, rinse your mouth
X Switch on the ignition for at least 60 seconds. out immediately. Drink plenty of water. Seek
X Start the engine. medical assistance without delay.
RChange out of clothing contaminated with
i Have the DEF tank refilled at a qualified spe- DEF immediately.
cialist workshop.
! Only use DEF in accordance with
Use the special DEF refill bottle when adding ISO 22241. Do not mix any additives with
DEF between maintenance intervals. You can DEF, and do not dilute DEF with water. This
obtain further information from an authorized may destroy the BlueTEC exhaust gas after-
Mercedes-Benz Center or, if necessary, contact treatment system.
Roadside Assistance (Y page 29).
If the outside temperature is below 12 ‡ ! The vehicle must be parked on level ground
(Ò11 †), it may be difficult to top up. If DEF is to fill the DEF tank. The DEF tank can only be
frozen and there is an active warning indicator, it filled as intended with the vehicle parked on a
may not be possible to add DEF. Park the vehicle level surface. This avoids false level readings.
in a warmer place, e.g. in a garage, until DEF has Filling the tank is not permitted if the vehicle
become fluid again. It will then be possible to is not parked on a level surface. There is a
add DEF again. Alternatively, have the DEF tank danger of overfilling, which could result in
refilled at a qualified specialist workshop. damage to components of the BlueTEC
Further information about BlueTEC exhaust gas exhaust gas aftertreatment.
aftertreatment and DEF is available at any ! Immediately rinse off surfaces which come
authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. into contact with DEF or remove DEF with a
damp cloth and cold water. If DEF has already
Important safety notes crystallized, clean using a sponge and cold
water. DEF residue crystallizes after a short
DEF is a water-soluble fluid for the exhaust gas period and contaminates the affected surfa-
aftertreatment of diesel engines. It is: ces. Furthermore, electrical components in
Rnot poisonous the vicinity may be damaged by DEF.
Rcolorless and odorless ! DEF is not a fuel additive and must not be
Rnot flammable added to the fuel tank. If DEF is added to the
When you open the DEF container, small fuel tank, this can lead to engine damage.
amounts of ammonia vapor may be released. For further information on DEF, see
Ammonia vapors have a pungent odor and are (Y page 389).
particularly irritating to the skin, to mucous
membranes and to the eyes. You may experi-
ence a burning sensation in your eyes, nose and
throat. Coughing and watering of the eyes are
possible.
Do not inhale ammonia vapors. Fill the DEF tank
only in well-ventilated areas.
DEF must not come into contact with your skin,
eyes or clothing and must not be swallowed.
Keep DEF away from children.

Z
160 Refueling

Opening/closing the DEF filler cap


Driving and parking

X Unscrew the cap from the opening on top of


DEF refill canister ;.
The fuel filler flap is unlocked or locked auto- X Place disposable hose : on the opening of
matically when you open or close the vehicle DEF refill canister ; and screw it on clock-
with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO. wise until hand-tight.
X To open: switch the ignition off. Disposable hose : remains closed until you
X Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of fasten disposable hose : to the DEF filler
arrow :. neck of the vehicle.
The fuel filler flap swings up.
X Turn blue DEF fuel filler cap ; counter-clock-
wise and remove it.
DEF filler cap ; is secured with a plastic
strip.
X To close: place DEF filler cap ; on the filler
neck and turn it clockwise.
X To close the fuel filler flap, press it in the
direction of arrow :.
X Drive faster than 10 mph (16 km/h).
The Check Additive See Operator's
Manual message goes out after approx-
imately one minute. X Place disposable hose : on the filler neck on
i If the Check Additive See Operator's the vehicle and screw it on clockwise until
Manual message continues to be shown in hand-tight. When you feel resistance, dispos-
the multifunction display, you must add more able hose : is sufficiently secured.
DEF. X Lift up and tip DEF refill canister ;.
Filling stops when the DEF tank is completely
DEF refill canisters filled. Do not fill the DEF tank any further. DEF
refill canister ; can be removed when it has
! Do not screw the disposable hose on too been only partially emptied.
tight. The disposable hose could otherwise be X Turn disposable hose : on the filler neck of
damaged and DEF may leak out. the vehicle counter-clockwise and remove it.
X Turn disposable hose : on the opening of
DEF refill canister ; counter-clockwise and
remove it.
X Reseal DEF refill canister ; with the cap.
DEF refill canisters are available at many gas
stations or at a qualified specialist workshop.
DEF refill canisters are often sold with a filler
hose. A filler hose that does not exactly fill the
vehicle's DEF tank offers no protection against
Parking 161

overfilling. DEF may leak if overfilled. Mercedes- Parking


Benz offers a special disposable hose with over-
fill protection. You can obtain this from any Important safety notes
authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. DEF is avail-
able in a variety of containers and receptacles. G WARNING
Only use the disposable hose with the Flammable material such as leaves, grass or
Mercedes-Benz DEF refill canisters.
twigs may ignite if they come into contact with
hot parts of the exhaust system or exhaust
DEF refill bottle

Driving and parking


gas flow. There is a risk of fire.
! Only screw on the DEF refill bottle hand- Park the vehicle so that no flammable mate-
tight. Otherwise, the thread of the DEF refill rials come into contact with parts of the vehi-
bottle could be damaged and DEF could leak
cle which are hot. Take particular care not to
out.
park on dry grassland or harvested grain
fields.

G WARNING
If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-
cle, they could set it in motion by, for example:
Rrelease the parking brake.
Rshift the automatic transmission out of the
parking position P.
Rstart the engine.
In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-
X Unscrew the protective cap from DEF refill
bottle :. ment and become trapped. There is a risk of
X Place DEF refill bottle : on the filler neck as an accident and injury.
shown and screw it on clockwise until hand- When leaving the vehicle, always take the
tight. SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never
X Press DEF refill bottle : towards the filler leave children unsupervised in the vehicle.
neck.
The DEF tank is filled. This may take up to one ! Always secure the vehicle correctly against
minute. rolling away. Otherwise, the vehicle or its driv-
i When DEF refill bottle : is no longer etrain could be damaged.
pressed, filling stops and the bottle may be To ensure that the vehicle is secured against
taken off again after being only partially emp- rolling away unintentionally:
tied.
Rthe electric parking brake must be applied
X Release DEF refill bottle :.
Rthe transmission must be in position j and
X Turn DEF refill bottle : counter-clockwise the SmartKey must be removed from the igni-
and remove it. tion lock
X Screw the protective cap onto DEF refill bot- Rthe front wheels must be turned towards the
tle : again. curb on steep uphill or downhill gradients
DEF refill bottles are available at many gas sta- Rthe empty vehicle must be secured at the
tions or at a qualified specialist workshop. Refill front axle with a wheel chock or similar, for
bottles without a threaded cap do not provide example, on uphill or downhill gradients
overfill protection. DEF may leak if overfilled. Ra laden vehicle must also be secured at the
Mercedes Benz offers special refill bottles with a rear axle with a wheel chock or similar, for
threaded seal. These are available at any author- example, on uphill or downhill gradients
ized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Z
162 Parking

Switching off the engine Electric parking brake


G WARNING General notes
The automatic transmission switches to neu-
G WARNING
tral position N when you switch off the engine.
The vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of an If you leave children unsupervised in the vehi-
accident. cle, they could set it in motion by, for example:
After switching off the engine, always switch Rrelease the parking brake.
Driving and parking

to parking position P. Prevent the parked vehi- Rshift the automatic transmission out of the
cle from rolling away by applying the parking parking position P.
brake. Rstart the engine.

X Apply the electric parking brake. In addition, they may operate vehicle equip-
ment and become trapped. There is a risk of
X Shift the transmission to position j.
an accident and injury.
X With the SmartKey: turn the SmartKey to
position u in the ignition lock and remove it. When leaving the vehicle, always take the
The immobilizer is activated. SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Never
X With KEYLESS-GO: leave children unsupervised in the vehicle.
Press the Start/Stop button (Y page 140)
The engine stops and all the indicator lamps in The function of the electric parking brake is
the instrument cluster go out. dependent on the on-board voltage. If the on-
board voltage is low or there is a malfunction in
If you switch the engine off with the transmis- the system, it may not be possible to apply the
sion in position k or h, the automatic trans- released parking brake.
mission shifts to i automatically.
X If this is the case, only park the vehicle on
If you then open the driver's or front-passenger
level ground and secure it to prevent it rolling
door, the automatic transmission shifts to j
away.
automatically.
X Shift the automatic transmission to position
If you want the automatic transmission to j.
remain in neutral i, e.g. when having the vehi-
cle cleaned in an automatic, tow-through car It may not be possible to release an applied
wash: parking brake if the on-board voltage is low or
there is a malfunction in the system. Contact a
X Vehicles with a SmartKey: switch on the
qualified specialist workshop.
ignition.
X Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: remove the i The electric parking brake performs a func-
Start/Stop button from the ignition lock. tion test at regular intervals while the engine
X Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock.
is switched off. The sounds that can be heard
while this is occurring are normal.
X Switch on the ignition.
X All vehicles: depress the brake pedal and
keep it depressed.
X Engage neutral i.
X Release the brake pedal.
X Release the electric parking brake.
X Switch off the ignition and leave the SmartKey
in the ignition lock.
i The engine can be switched off in an emer-
gency while the vehicle is in motion by press-
ing and holding the Start/Stop button for
three seconds.
Parking 163

Applying or releasing manually The electric parking brake is also engaged auto-
matically if:
RDistance Pilot DISTRONIC brings the vehicle
to a standstill or
Rthe HOLD function is keeping the vehicle sta-
tionary
RParking Pilot is keeping the vehicle stationary
In addition, at least one of the following condi-

Driving and parking


tions must be fulfilled:
Rthe engine is switched off
Rthe driver is not wearing a seat belt and the
driver's door is opened
Rthere is a system malfunction
X To engage: push handle :.
Rthe power supply is insufficient
When the electric parking brake is engaged,
the F (USA only) or ! (Canada only) Rthe vehicle is stationary for a lengthy period
red indicator lamp lights up in the instrument The red F (USA only) or ! (Canada only)
cluster. indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights
i The electric parking brake can also be up.
applied when the SmartKey is removed. The electric parking brake is not automatically
X To release: pull handle :. engaged if the engine is switched off by the ECO
The red F (USA only) or ! (Canada start/stop function.
only) indicator lamp in the instrument cluster
goes out. Releasing automatically
i The electric parking brake can only be The electric parking brake is released automat-
released: ically when all of the following conditions are
Rwhen the SmartKey is in position 1 in the fulfilled:
ignition lock (Y page 140) or RThe engine is running.
Rif the ignition was switched on using the RThe seat belt tongue is engaged in the belt
Start/Stop button buckle.
To ensure that you do not roll backwards when RThe transmission is in position h or k and
pulling away on an uphill slope, engage the elec- you depress the accelerator pedal or, on a
tric parking brake (Y page 143). level surface, shift from transmission position
j to h or k.
Applying automatically RIf the transmission is in position k, the trunk

The electric parking brake is automatically lid must be closed.


applied when the transmission is in position j If the seat belt tongue is not engaged in the seat
and belt buckle, the following conditions must be
fulfilled:
Rthe engine is switched off or
RThe driver's door is closed.
Rthe driver is not wearing a seat belt and the
driver's door is opened RYou are shifting from transmission position

To prevent the electric parking brake from being j or have previously driven at speeds
automatically applied, pull handle :. greater than 2 mph (3 km/h).
RIf the transmission is in position k, the trunk
lid must be closed.
When the electric parking brake is released,
the ! indicator lamp goes out in the instru-
ment cluster.

Z
164 Driving tips

Emergency braking Driving tips


General notes
Important safety notes
G WARNING
If you switch off the ignition while driving,
safety-relevant functions are only available
Driving and parking

with limitations, or not at all. This could affect,


for example, the power steering and the brake
boosting effect. You will require considerably
more effort to steer and brake. There is a risk
The vehicle can also be braked during an emer- of an accident.
gency by using the electric parking brake. Do not switch off the ignition while driving.
X While driving, push handle : of the electric
parking brake. G WARNING
The vehicle is braked for as long as the handle
of the electric parking brake is pressed. The If you operate mobile communication equip-
longer the electric parking brake handle is ment when driving, you may be distracted
depressed, the greater the braking force. from the traffic situation. You could also lose
During braking: control of the vehicle. There is a risk of an
Ra warning tone sounds
accident.
Rthe Release Park. Brake message appears Only operate this equipment when the vehicle
Rthe red F (USA only) or ! (Canada is stationary.
only) indicator lamp in the instrument cluster
flashes Observe the legal requirements for the country
in which you are driving. Some jurisdictions pro-
When the vehicle has been braked to a stand- hibit the driver from using a mobile phone while
still, the electric parking brake is engaged. driving a vehicle.
If you make a call while driving, always use
hands-free mode. Only operate the telephone
Parking the vehicle for a long period when the traffic situation permits. If you are
If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than unsure, pull over to a safe location and stop
four weeks, the battery may be damaged by before operating the telephone.
exhaustive discharging. Bear in mind that at a speed of only 30 mph
If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than six (approximately 50 km/h), the vehicle covers a
weeks, the vehicle may suffer damage as a distance of 44 ft (approximately 14 m) per sec-
result of lack of use. ond.
X Visit a qualified specialist workshop and seek
Drive sensibly – save fuel
advice.
Observe the following tips to save fuel:
i You can obtain information about trickle
chargers from a qualified specialist work- X The tires should always be inflated to the rec-
shop. ommended tire pressure.
X Remove unnecessary loads.
X Remove roof carriers when they are not nee-
ded.
X Warm up the engine at low engine speeds.
Driving tips 165

X Avoid frequent acceleration or braking. You can obtain current information concerning
X Have all service and maintenance work car- the servicing of your vehicle at any time from a
ried out at the specified intervals. qualified specialist workshop. This could be an
overview of the maintenance work or any addi-
Fuel consumption also increases when driving in tional maintenance work, for example.
cold weather, in stop-start traffic and in hilly ter-
rain.
ECO display
Drinking and driving

Driving and parking


The ECO display shows you how economical
G WARNING your driving style is. The ECO display assists you
Drinking and driving and/or taking drugs and in achieving the most economical driving style
driving are very dangerous combinations. for the selected settings and prevailing condi-
tions. Your driving style can significantly influ-
Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can ence the vehicle's consumption.
affect your reflexes, perceptions and judg-
ment.
The possibility of a serious or even fatal acci-
dent is greatly increased when you drink or
take drugs and drive.
Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow
anyone to drive who has been drinking or tak-
ing drugs. : Acceleration
; Coasting
Emission control = Constant
? Additional range achieved
G WARNING Range ? is shown under Bonus fr. Start and
Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaust represents the additional range achieved since
gases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling the beginning of the journey as a result of an
these exhaust gases leads to poisoning. There adapted driving style.
is a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leave If the fuel level has dropped into the reserve
range, the Reserve Fuel message is shown in
the engine running in enclosed spaces with-
the multifunction display instead of range ?.
out sufficient ventilation. The 8 warning lamp in the instrument cluster
also lights up (Y page 288).
Certain engine systems are designed to keep
the level of poisonous components in exhaust
fumes within legal limits.
These systems only work at peak efficiency if
they are serviced exactly in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications. Always have
work on the engine carried out at a qualified
specialist workshop. Mercedes-Benz recom-
mends that you use an authorized Mercedes-
Benz Center for this purpose. In particular, work
relevant to safety or on safety-related systems
must be carried out at a qualified specialist
workshop.
The engine settings must not be changed under
any circumstances. Furthermore, all specific
service work must be carried out at regular
intervals and in accordance with the Mercedes-
Benz service requirements.
Z
166 Driving tips

The ECO display consists of three sections, with In addition to driving style, the actual consump-
an inner and outer area. The sections corre- tion is affected by other factors, such as:
spond to the following three categories: Rload

: Acceleration (evalu